X Series - Business Services

X Series - Business Services
Maricopa County Community College District. South Mountain Electronic Site, Phoenix, AZ. Antenna Placements. (2) dB Products 420 or Equiv. (2 runs ½” Andrew) 11/7/2014 210 ft. DVA ERI SHPX‐12AC‐HW 91.5 Mhz. KJZZ (4 1/16” Andrew) 240 ft. 175 – 235 ft ERI MP‐10AC‐DA‐HW 89.5 Mhz. KBAQ (3 1/8” Andrew) 120 – 170 ft. 193.57ft
Exalt 2’ w TX/RX ODU Andrew HP‐6 (EW‐90) Mark‐P‐9A72GNU ( ½” Andrew) 144.3 ft. Shively 6828‐4 (4 1/16”) 106 ft. 102 ft. Exhibit E
85.3 ft. 112 ft. Antenna Orientation: KJZZ ERI SHPX‐12AC‐HW 51 Degrees True KBAQ ERI MP‐10AC‐DA‐HW 1 – 3 Degrees True, Actual to be determined by Test Range data. SHARED AUX, SHIVELY 6828‐4 340 Degrees True Andrew HP6 43.8 Degrees True Mark Products P‐9A72GNU 43.8 Degrees True Exalt 2’ Spread Spectrum 43.8 Degrees True Painting and Marking Specifications FCC Part 1, 3, 11, 21 LED Lamps at 120 ft. Level LED L‐864 Code Beacon at 240 – 243 Ft. Level. Tower Loading TIA ‐222‐G or Higher 70 MPH Sustained Wind, 90 MPH 3 second Gust Topographic Category 4 Allow Capacity for 2 additional communication antennas, DB‐420 or equiv. at 210 ft. level using ½” lines. 11/13/2014
ERI - FM Antennas
Catalog > Antennas > FM Antennas
FM Antennas
ERI is the world's largest supplier of antennas used by broadcast stations. We entered the
business of manufacturing FM antennas in the earliest days of FM radio and continue to serve
the changing needs of FM broadcasters with the industry’s best products.
ROTOTILLER ® X Series Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
The ROTOTILLER X Series circularly polarized FM (88 - 108 MHz) antenna combines the exceptional
engineering features of an internally fed, fully pressurized system with superior fabrication characterized
by totally welded feed connections, rugged brass material and TIG welding. The ROTOTILLER X Series is
available in low, medium, and super high power versions and is suitable for single frequency or
multiplexed applications.
Product Line:
ROTOTILLER
Polarization:
Circular
Maximum Power Rating
120.00 kW
ROTOTILLER ® Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
The original ROTOTILLER circularly polarized FM (88 - 108 MHz) antenna combines the exceptional
engineering features of an internally fed, fully pressurized system with superior fabrication characterized
by totally welded feed connections, rugged brass material and TIG welding. The ROTOTILLER is available
in low, medium, and super high power versions; capable for single frequency or multiplexed operations;
and suitable for directional applications.
Product Line:
ROTOTILLER
Polarization:
Circular
Maximum Power Rating
120.00 kW
ROTOTILLER ® Rotofiller Series Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
The ROTOTILLER Rotofiller Series circularly polarized FM (88 - 108 MHz) antenna combines the
exceptional engineering features of an internally fed, fully pressurized system with superior fabrication
characterized by totally welded feed connections, rugged brass material and TIG welding. The Rotofiller
Series provides reduced downward radiation lessening interference with ground level equipment and
http://www.eriinc.com/Catalog/Antennas/FM-Antennas.aspx
1/4
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Benefits
• Low VSWR, superior VSWR band
width, and minimal weather related
VSWR problems
• Fully pressurized, internal feed and welded feed
connections
• High input power capacity
• Modular construction facilitates easy installation and
repair
• Rugged brass construction and stainless steel support
brackets and hardware – Corrosion resistant construction
• Radomes or deicing heaters not normally required for
radial ice less than 1/2-inch; however radomes or deicing
heaters are available
• Quarter Wave Stub included
ERI antennas are unchallenged in quality and dependability.
ERI is the only manufacturer to use large diameter outer
conductors and a completely enclosed, pressurized, internal
series feed system. The result is a simple and reliable method
of coupling power to the elements. Unlike competing
designs, ERI series fed antennas do not require a troublesome
secondary current loop for element excitation with all the
resulting disadvantages. All ERI antennas include brackets
for mounting on leg, pole, or face mounting (up to 42-inch
uniform cross section tower); brackets for other mounting
configurations are optionally available.
Characteristics
Product Line
ROTOTILLER®
Product Series
X Series
Frequency Range
88 - 108 MHz, Single frequency or multiplexed versions
Polarization
Circular (Clockwise)
Azimuth
± 2 dB in free space
Axial Ratio
Less than 3 dB in free space
VSWR at Input
1.07:1 or less (with field matching)
1.25:1 or less (with top pole or LAMBDA™ Mounting System)
1.50:1 or less (top mounted without field matching)
ERI’s original and distinctive design combines the exceptional
engineering features of an internally fed, fully pressurized
system with superior fabrication characterized by totally
welded feed connections, rugged brass material and TIG
welding. The ROTOTILLER® X Series FM antenna’s unique
design consists of two series fed, bent dipole elements
which form a space phased, circularly polarized radiator.
The antenna’s configuration and the large diameter of the
radiating elements contribute to the excellent bandwidth of
the antenna system, and also inhibits corona discharge.
The horizontally polarized horizontal plane azimuth pattern
of the SHPX series antenna is omnidirectional within ±2
dB when the antenna is pole or LAMBDA™ Optimized
Mounting System mounted atop a tower. Side mounting the
antenna on a typical tower structure will affect the azimuth
pattern. ERI offers a pattern measurement service to assist
in determining the effect of the mounting structure on the
antenna’s pattern. Using ERI’s pattern optimization service,
the pattern’s circularity may be improved through the
addition of parasitically excited elements.
MPX Series ROTOTILLER® FM Antenna
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
SHPX Model - Super High Power
Electrical Specifications
Type Number
SHPX-1AE
SHPX-1BE
SHPX-2AC
SHPX-2AC6
SHPX-2AE
SHPX-2BC
SHPX-2BE
SHPX-2CE
SHPX-3AC
SHPX-3AC6
SHPX-3AE
SHPX-3BC
SHPX-3BE
SHPX-4AC
SHPX-4AC6
SHPX-4AE
SHPX-4BC
SHPX-4BE
SHPX-4CE
SHPX-5AC
SHPX-5AC6
SHPX-5AE
SHPX-5BC
SHPX-5BE
SHPX-6AC
SHPX-6AC6
SHPX-6BC
SHPX-6CE
SHPX-7AC
SHPX-7AC6
SHPX-7BC
SHPX-8AC
SHPX-8AC6
SHPX-8BC
SHPX-9AC
SHPX-9AC6
SHPX-9BC
SHPX-10AC
SHPX-10AC6
SHPX-10BC
SHPX-11AC
SHPX-11AC6
SHPX-11BC
SHPX-12AC
SHPX-12AC6
SHPX-12BC
Number
of Bays
Power
Gain
dB Gain
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
0.461
0.461
0.997
0.997
0.997
0.997
0.997
0.997
1.559
1.559
1.559
1.559
1.559
2.133
2.133
2.133
2.133
2.133
2.133
2.715
2.715
2.715
2.715
2.715
3.303
3.303
3.303
3.303
3.894
3.894
3.894
4.487
4.487
4.487
5.083
5.083
5.083
5.680
5.680
5.680
6.278
6.278
6.278
6.878
6.878
6.878
-3.3623
-3.3623
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
1.9278
1.9278
1.9278
1.9278
1.9278
3.2903
3.2903
3.2903
3.2903
3.2903
3.2903
4.3384
4.3384
4.3384
4.3384
4.3384
5.1888
5.1888
5.1888
5.1888
5.9034
5.9034
5.9034
6.5197
6.5197
6.5197
7.0608
7.0608
7.0608
7.5435
7.5435
7.5435
7.9785
7.9785
7.9785
8.3747
8.3747
8.3747
Input Type
3
6
3
6
3
6
6
6
3
6
3
6
6
3
6
3
6
6
6
3
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
6
6
6
3
6
6
6
6
6
3
6
6
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Feed
Configuration
Input Power Rating
kW
Bay to Bay
Spacing
End
End
Center
Center
End
Center
End
End
Off Center
Off Center
End
Center
End
Center
Center
End
Center
End
End
Off Center
Off Center
End
Center
End
Center
Center
Center
End
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
32.0
40.0
39.0
64.0
32.0
80.0
56.0
80.0
39.0
64.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
39.0
64.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
120.0
39.0
64.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
120.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
39.0
64.0
112.0
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
SHPX Model - Super High Power
Electrical Specifications
Type Number
SHPX-2AC6-HW
SHPX-2AC-HW
SHPX-2AE-HW
SHPX-2BC-HW
SHPX-2BE-HW
SHPX-2CE-HW
SHPX-3AC6-HW
SHPX-3AC-HW
SHPX-3AE-HW
SHPX-3BC-HW
SHPX-3BE-HW
SHPX-4AC6-HW
SHPX-4AC-HW
SHPX-4AE-HW
SHPX-4BC-HW
SHPX-4BE-HW
SHPX-4CE-HW
SHPX-5AC6-HW
SHPX-5AC-HW
SHPX-5AE-HW
SHPX-5BC-HW
SHPX-5BE-HW
SHPX-6AC6-HW
SHPX-6AC-HW
SHPX-6BC-HW
SHPX-6CE-HW
SHPX-7AC6-HW
SHPX-7AC-HW
SHPX-7BC-HW
SHPX-8AC6-HW
SHPX-8AC-HW
SHPX-8BC-HW
SHPX-9AC6-HW
SHPX-9AC-HW
SHPX-9BC-HW
SHPX-10AC6-HW
SHPX-10AC-HW
SHPX-10BC-HW
SHPX-11AC6-HW
SHPX-11AC-HW
SHPX-11BC-HW
SHPX-12AC6-HW
SHPX-12AC-HW
SHPX-12BC-HW
Number
of Bays
Power
Gain
dB Gain
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
0.702
0.702
0.702
0.702
0.702
0.702
1.012
1.012
1.012
1.012
1.012
1.307
1.307
1.307
1.307
1.307
1.307
1.612
1.612
1.612
1.612
1.612
1.913
1.913
1.913
1.913
2.217
2.217
2.217
2.519
2.519
2.519
2.823
2.823
2.823
3.126
3.126
3.126
3.429
3.429
3.429
3.732
3.732
3.732
-1.5366
-1.5366
-1.5366
-1.5366
-1.5366
-1.5366
0.0518
0.0518
0.0518
0.0518
0.0518
1.1628
1.1628
1.1628
1.1628
1.1628
1.1628
2.0737
2.0737
2.0737
2.0737
2.0737
2.8171
2.8171
2.8171
2.8171
3.4577
3.4577
3.4577
4.0123
4.0123
4.0123
4.5071
4.5071
4.5071
4.9499
4.9499
4.9499
5.3517
5.3517
5.3517
5.7194
5.7194
5.7194
Input Type
6
3
3
6
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
6
3
6
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Feed
Configuration
Input Power Rating
kW
Bay to Bay
Spacing
Center
Center
End
Center
End
End
Off Center
Off Center
End
Center
End
Center
Center
End
Center
End
End
Off Center
Off Center
End
Center
End
Center
Center
Center
End
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
Off Center
Off Center
Off Center
Center
Center
Center
64.0
39.0
32.0
80.0
56.0
80.0
64.0
39.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
64.0
39.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
120.0
64.0
39.0
32.0
112.0
56.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
120.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
64.0
39.0
112.0
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
MPX Model - Medium Power
Electrical Specifications
Type Number
Number
of Bays
Power
Gain
dB Gain
MPX-1E
MPX-2C
MPX-2E
MPX-3C
MPX-3E
MPX-4C
MPX-4E
MPX-5C
MPX-5E
MPX-6C
MPX-7C
MPX-8C
MPX-9C
MPX-10C
MPX-11C
MPX-12C
MPX-2C-HW
MPX-2E-HW
MPX-3C-HW
MPX-3E-HW
MPX-4C-HW
MPX-4E-HW
MPX-5C-HW
MPX-5E-HW
MPX-6C-HW
MPX-7C-HW
MPX-8C-HW
MPX-9C-HW
MPX-10C-HW
MPX-11C-HW
MPX-12C-HW
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.461
0.997
0.997
1.559
1.559
2.133
2.133
2.715
2.715
3.303
3.894
4.487
5.083
5.680
6.278
6.878
0.702
0.702
1.012
1.012
1.307
1.307
1.612
1.612
1.913
2.217
2.519
2.823
3.126
3.429
3.732
-3.3623
-0.0128
-0.0128
1.9278
1.9278
3.2903
3.2903
4.3384
4.3384
5.1888
5.9034
6.5197
7.0608
7.5435
7.9785
8.3747
-1.5366
-1.5366
0.0518
0.0518
1.1628
1.1628
2.0737
2.0737
2.8171
3.4577
4.0123
4.5071
4.9499
5.3517
5.7194
Input Type
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Feed
Configuration
Input Power Rating
kW
Bay to Bay
Spacing
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
End
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
12.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
LPX Model - Low Power
Electrical Specifications
Type Number
LPX-1E
LPX-2C
LPX-2E
LPX-3C
LPX-3E
LPX-4C
LPX-4E
LPX-5C
LPX-5E
LPX-6C
LPX-7C
LPX-8C
LPX-9C
LPX-10C
LPX-11C
LPX-12C
LPX-2C-HW
LPX-2E-HW
LPX-3C-HW
LPX-3E-HW
LPX-4C-HW
LPX-4E-HW
LPX-5C-HW
LPX-5E-HW
LPX-6C-HW
LPX-7C-HW
LPX-8C-HW
LPX-9C-HW
LPX-10C-HW
LPX-11C-HW
LPX-12C-HW
Number
of Bays
Power
Gain
dB Gain
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.461
0.997
0.997
1.559
1.559
2.133
2.133
2.715
2.715
3.303
3.894
4.487
5.083
5.680
6.278
6.878
0.702
0.702
1.012
1.012
1.307
1.307
1.612
1.612
1.913
2.217
2.519
2.823
3.126
3.429
3.732
-3.3623
-0.0128
-0.0128
1.9278
1.9278
3.2903
3.2903
4.3384
4.3384
5.1888
5.9034
6.5197
7.0608
7.5435
7.9785
8.3747
-1.5366
-1.5366
0.0518
0.0518
1.1628
1.1628
2.0737
2.0737
2.8171
3.4577
4.0123
4.5071
4.9499
5.3517
5.7194
Input Type
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
5/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
1/8 inch 50 Ohm Female
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Feed
Configuration
Input Power Rating
kW
Bay to Bay
Spacing
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
Center
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
End
Off Center
End
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
Off Center
Center
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Full Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Half Wave
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
SHPX Model - Super High Power
Mechanical Specifications
Type Number
SHPX-1AE
SHPX-1BE
SHPX-2AC
SHPX-2AC6
SHPX-2AE
SHPX-2BC
SHPX-2BE
SHPX-2CE
SHPX-3AC
SHPX-3AC6
SHPX-3AE
SHPX-3BC
SHPX-3BE
SHPX-4AC
SHPX-4AC6
SHPX-4AE
SHPX-4BC
SHPX-4BE
SHPX-4CE
SHPX-5AC
SHPX-5AC6
SHPX-5AE
SHPX-5BC
SHPX-5BE
SHPX-6AC
SHPX-6AC6
SHPX-6BC
SHPX-6CE
SHPX-7AC
SHPX-7AC6
SHPX-7BC
SHPX-8AC
SHPX-8AC6
SHPX-8BC
SHPX-9AC
SHPX-9AC6
SHPX-9BC
SHPX-10AC
SHPX-10AC6
SHPX-10BC
SHPX-11AC
SHPX-11AC6
SHPX-11BC
SHPX-12AC
SHPX-12AC6
SHPX-12BC
Antenna
Weight
Antenna & ½ in.
Antenna, radome,
Antenna & radome
radial ice
½ in. radial ice
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
CaAa
ft2
Antenna
m2
Antenna & ½ in.
radial ice
ft2
m2
Antenna with
radome
ft2
m2
Antenna, radome,
& ½ in. radial ice
ft2
m2
lbm
kg
107.00
155.00
250.00
315.00
220.00
415.00
315.00
345.00
363.00
428.00
333.00
575.00
475.00
476.00
541.00
446.00
735.00
635.00
695.00
559.00
672.00
48.53
70.31
113.40
142.88
99.79
188.24
142.88
156.49
164.65
194.14
151.05
260.82
215.46
215.91
245.39
202.30
333.39
288.03
315.25
253.56
304.81
187.00
255.00
410.00
480.00
380.00
600.00
515.00
575.00
603.00
673.00
573.00
860.00
775.00
796.00
871.00
766.00
1105.00
1035.00
1155.00
959.00
1152.00
84.82
115.67
185.97
217.72
172.37
272.16
233.60
260.82
273.52
305.27
259.91
390.09
351.53
361.06
395.08
347.45
501.22
469.47
523.90
435.00
522.54
157.00
205.00
350.00
415.00
320.00
515.00
415.00
445.00
513.00
578.00
483.00
725.00
625.00
676.00
741.00
646.00
935.00
835.00
895.00
809.00
972.00
71.21
92.99
158.76
188.24
145.15
233.60
188.24
201.85
232.69
262.18
219.09
328.85
283.50
306.63
336.11
293.02
424.11
378.75
405.97
366.96
440.89
312.00
380.00
660.00
730.00
630.00
850.00
765.00
825.00
978.00
1048.00
948.00
1235.00
1150.00
1296.00
1371.00
1266.00
1605.00
1535.00
1655.00
1584.00
1902.00
141.52
172.37
299.37
331.12
285.76
385.55
347.00
374.21
443.61
475.36
430.01
560.19
521.63
587.86
621.88
574.25
728.02
696.26
750.70
718.49
862.73
4.69
5.28
11.13
12.50
9.99
13.33
11.66
14.00
16.42
17.79
15.28
19.71
18.04
21.72
23.09
20.58
26.09
24.42
30.00
25.87
31.17
0.44
0.49
1.03
1.16
0.93
1.24
1.08
1.30
1.53
1.65
1.42
1.83
1.68
2.02
2.15
1.91
2.42
2.27
2.79
2.40
2.90
5.93
6.57
14.73
15.78
12.96
16.33
14.48
16.83
21.76
22.81
19.99
24.23
22.38
28.79
29.84
27.01
32.13
30.28
35.39
34.04
41.07
0.55
0.61
1.37
1.47
1.20
1.52
1.35
1.56
2.02
2.12
1.86
2.25
2.08
2.67
2.77
2.51
2.98
2.81
3.29
3.16
3.82
8.98
9.56
19.69
21.06
18.55
21.89
20.22
22.75
29.27
30.64
28.13
32.55
30.88
38.84
40.21
37.70
43.21
41.54
47.20
47.28
56.85
0.83
0.89
1.83
1.96
1.72
2.03
1.88
2.11
2.72
2.85
2.61
3.02
2.87
3.61
3.74
3.50
4.01
3.86
4.39
4.39
5.28
10.26
10.90
23.38
24.43
21.61
24.98
23.13
25.48
34.74
35.79
32.97
37.21
35.36
46.09
47.14
44.32
49.44
47.59
52.70
55.67
67.03
0.95
1.01
2.17
2.27
2.01
2.32
2.15
2.37
3.23
3.32
3.06
3.46
3.29
4.28
4.38
4.12
4.59
4.42
4.90
5.17
6.23
559.00
895.00
795.00
702.00
767.00
1055.00
1045.00
785.00
850.00
1215.00
928.00
993.00
1375.00
1136.00
1201.00
1535.00
1154.00
1219.00
1695.00
1172.00
1237.00
1855.00
1380.00
1445.00
2015.00
253.56
405.97
360.61
318.42
347.91
478.54
474.00
356.07
385.55
551.11
420.93
450.42
623.69
515.28
544.76
696.26
523.45
552.93
768.84
531.61
561.09
841.41
625.96
655.44
913.99
959.00
1365.00
1295.00
1182.00
1262.00
1610.00
1735.00
1345.00
1425.00
1855.00
1568.00
1653.00
2115.00
1876.00
1961.00
2375.00
1954.00
2044.00
2620.00
2037.00
2127.00
2865.00
2340.00
2435.00
3125.00
435.00
619.15
587.40
536.15
572.43
730.28
786.98
610.08
646.37
841.41
711.23
749.79
959.35
850.94
889.49
1077.28
886.32
927.14
1188.41
923.97
964.79
1299.54
1061.41
1104.50
1417.48
809.00
1145.00
1045.00
1002.00
1067.00
1355.00
1345.00
1135.00
1200.00
1565.00
1328.00
1393.00
1775.00
1586.00
1651.00
1985.00
1654.00
1719.00
2195.00
1722.00
1787.00
2405.00
1980.00
2045.00
2615.00
366.96
519.36
474.00
454.50
483.98
614.62
610.08
514.83
544.31
709.87
602.37
631.85
805.13
719.40
748.88
900.38
750.24
779.73
995.64
781.09
810.57
1090.89
898.11
927.60
1186.14
1584.00
1990.00
1920.00
1932.00
2012.00
2360.00
2485.00
2220.00
2300.00
2730.00
2568.00
2653.00
3115.00
3001.00
3086.00
3500.00
3204.00
3294.00
3870.00
3412.00
3502.00
4240.00
3840.00
3935.00
4625.00
718.49
902.65
870.90
876.34
912.63
1070.48
1127.18
1006.97
1043.26
1238.31
1164.83
1203.38
1412.94
1361.23
1399.79
1587.57
1453.31
1494.13
1755.40
1547.66
1588.48
1923.23
1741.79
1784.89
2097.86
25.87
32.47
30.80
32.31
33.68
38.85
46.00
36.46
37.83
45.23
42.90
44.27
51.62
50.71
52.08
58.01
53.49
54.86
64.38
56.27
57.64
70.75
64.07
65.45
77.15
2.40
3.02
2.86
3.00
3.13
3.61
4.27
3.39
3.51
4.20
3.99
4.11
4.80
4.71
4.84
5.39
4.97
5.10
5.98
5.23
5.35
6.57
5.95
6.08
7.17
34.04
40.04
38.19
42.84
43.89
47.94
53.96
48.09
49.14
55.84
56.89
57.94
63.75
66.74
67.79
71.66
70.95
72.00
79.56
75.16
76.21
87.46
85.00
86.05
95.36
3.16
3.72
3.55
3.98
4.08
4.45
5.01
4.47
4.57
5.19
5.29
5.38
5.92
6.20
6.30
6.66
6.59
6.69
7.39
6.98
7.08
8.13
7.90
7.99
8.86
47.28
53.88
52.21
57.99
59.36
64.54
71.66
66.43
67.80
75.20
77.14
78.51
85.86
89.22
90.59
96.52
96.29
97.66
107.19
103.36
104.73
117.86
115.44
116.81
128.51
4.39
5.01
4.85
5.39
5.51
6.00
6.66
6.17
6.30
6.99
7.17
7.29
7.98
8.29
8.42
8.97
8.95
9.07
9.96
9.60
9.73
10.95
10.72
10.85
11.94
55.67
61.67
59.82
68.80
69.85
73.90
79.91
78.38
79.43
86.13
91.51
92.56
98.36
105.69
106.74
110.59
114.21
115.26
122.82
122.73
123.78
135.05
136.92
137.97
147.28
5.17
5.73
5.56
6.39
6.49
6.87
7.42
7.28
7.38
8.00
8.50
8.60
9.14
9.82
9.92
10.27
10.61
10.71
11.41
11.40
11.50
12.55
12.72
12.82
13.68
Notes:
(1) Antenna weight and wind load are approximate values for a typical structure assuming no top load. Final design loads will vary for specific projects and should be verified by an ERI representative.
(2) Wind loads are calculated in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 222-F standard. Weight and effective wind area (CaAc) includes antenna, inner transmission feed and typical support mast and mounting brackets with no ice.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
SHPX Model - Super High Power
Mechanical Specifications
Type Number
SHPX-2AC6-HW
SHPX-2AC-HW
SHPX-2AE-HW
SHPX-2BC-HW
SHPX-2BE-HW
SHPX-2CE-HW
SHPX-3AC6-HW
SHPX-3AC-HW
SHPX-3AE-HW
SHPX-3BC-HW
SHPX-3BE-HW
SHPX-4AC6-HW
SHPX-4AC-HW
SHPX-4AE-HW
SHPX-4BC-HW
SHPX-4BE-HW
SHPX-4CE-HW
SHPX-5AC6-HW
SHPX-5AC-HW
SHPX-5AE-HW
SHPX-5BC-HW
SHPX-5BE-HW
SHPX-6AC6-HW
SHPX-6AC-HW
SHPX-6BC-HW
SHPX-6CE-HW
SHPX-7AC6-HW
SHPX-7AC-HW
SHPX-7BC-HW
SHPX-8AC6-HW
SHPX-8AC-HW
SHPX-8BC-HW
SHPX-9AC6-HW
SHPX-9AC-HW
SHPX-9BC-HW
SHPX-10AC6-HW
SHPX-10AC-HW
SHPX-10BC-HW
SHPX-11AC6-HW
SHPX-11AC-HW
SHPX-11BC-HW
SHPX-12AC6-HW
SHPX-12AC-HW
SHPX-12BC-HW
Antenna
lbm
kg
301.00
236.00
206.00
395.00
295.00
317.00
400.00
335.00
305.00
535.00
435.00
499.00
434.00
404.00
675.00
575.00
611.00
598.00
533.00
503.00
815.00
715.00
697.00
632.00
955.00
905.00
796.00
731.00
1095.00
895.00
830.00
1235.00
994.00
929.00
1375.00
1093.00
1028.00
1515.00
1192.00
1127.00
1655.00
1291.00
1226.00
1795.00
136.53
107.05
93.44
179.17
133.81
143.79
181.44
151.95
138.35
242.67
197.31
226.34
196.86
183.25
306.17
260.82
277.14
271.25
241.76
228.16
369.68
324.32
316.15
286.67
433.18
410.50
361.06
331.58
496.68
405.97
376.48
560.19
450.87
421.39
623.69
495.78
466.29
687.19
540.68
511.20
750.70
585.59
556.10
814.20
Weight
Antenna & ½ in.
Antenna, radome,
Antenna & radome
radial ice
½ in. radial ice
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
ft2
458.00
388.00
358.00
565.00
480.00
527.00
629.00
559.00
529.00
790.00
705.00
805.00
730.00
700.00
1000.00
930.00
1011.00
976.00
901.00
871.00
1225.00
1155.00
1152.00
1072.00
1435.00
1495.00
1328.00
1243.00
1645.00
1499.00
1414.00
1870.00
1670.00
1585.00
2095.00
1846.00
1756.00
2305.00
2022.00
1927.00
2515.00
2237.00
2142.00
2740.00
11.00
9.57
8.39
11.55
9.37
10.88
14.70
13.27
12.09
15.65
13.47
18.39
16.96
15.78
19.30
17.56
20.15
22.09
20.66
19.48
23.40
21.66
25.78
24.35
27.05
29.41
29.47
28.04
30.70
33.18
31.74
34.80
36.89
35.44
38.90
40.57
39.13
42.55
44.25
42.82
46.20
47.96
46.53
50.30
207.75
175.99
162.39
256.28
217.72
239.04
285.31
253.56
239.95
358.34
319.78
365.14
331.12
317.51
453.59
421.84
458.58
442.71
408.69
395.08
555.65
523.90
522.54
486.25
650.90
678.12
602.37
563.82
746.16
679.93
641.38
848.22
757.50
718.94
950.28
837.33
796.51
1045.53
917.16
874.07
1140.78
1014.69
971.59
1242.84
401.00
336.00
306.00
495.00
395.00
417.00
550.00
485.00
455.00
685.00
585.00
699.00
634.00
604.00
875.00
775.00
811.00
848.00
783.00
753.00
1065.00
965.00
997.00
932.00
1255.00
1205.00
1146.00
1081.00
1445.00
1295.00
1230.00
1635.00
1444.00
1379.00
1825.00
1593.00
1528.00
2015.00
1742.00
1677.00
2205.00
1891.00
1826.00
2395.00
181.89
152.41
138.80
224.53
179.17
189.15
249.48
219.99
206.38
310.71
265.35
317.06
287.58
273.97
396.89
351.53
367.86
384.65
355.16
341.56
483.08
437.72
452.23
422.75
569.26
546.58
519.82
490.33
655.44
587.40
557.92
741.62
654.99
625.50
827.81
722.57
693.09
913.99
790.16
760.67
1000.17
857.74
828.26
1086.35
708.00
638.00
608.00
815.00
730.00
777.00
1004.00
934.00
904.00
1165.00
1080.00
1305.00
1230.00
1200.00
1500.00
1430.00
1511.00
1601.00
1526.00
1496.00
1850.00
1780.00
1902.00
1822.00
2185.00
2245.00
2203.00
2118.00
2520.00
2499.00
2414.00
2870.00
2795.00
2710.00
3220.00
3096.00
3006.00
3555.00
3397.00
3302.00
3890.00
3693.00
3598.00
4240.00
321.14
289.39
275.78
369.68
331.12
352.44
455.41
423.66
410.05
528.44
489.88
591.94
557.92
544.31
680.39
648.64
685.38
726.20
692.18
678.57
839.15
807.39
862.73
826.45
991.10
1018.31
999.26
960.71
1143.05
1133.53
1094.97
1301.81
1267.79
1229.24
1460.57
1404.32
1363.50
1612.52
1540.85
1497.76
1764.47
1675.12
1632.03
1923.23
CaAa
Antenna & ½ in.
radial ice
Antenna
m2
1.02
0.89
0.78
1.07
0.87
1.01
1.37
1.23
1.12
1.45
1.25
1.71
1.58
1.47
1.79
1.63
1.87
2.05
1.92
1.81
2.17
2.01
2.40
2.26
2.51
2.73
2.74
2.61
2.85
3.08
2.95
3.23
3.43
3.29
3.61
3.77
3.64
3.95
4.11
3.98
4.29
4.46
4.32
4.67
ft2
13.44
12.67
10.68
13.72
11.74
13.25
18.18
17.41
15.42
18.88
16.90
22.93
22.16
20.17
23.78
22.07
24.65
27.68
26.91
24.92
28.94
27.23
32.42
31.65
33.84
36.06
37.16
36.39
38.74
41.92
41.14
43.90
46.68
45.89
49.06
51.41
50.64
53.96
56.14
55.39
58.86
60.90
60.13
64.02
m2
1.25
1.18
0.99
1.27
1.09
1.23
1.69
1.62
1.43
1.75
1.57
2.13
2.06
1.87
2.21
2.05
2.29
2.57
2.50
2.32
2.69
2.53
3.01
2.94
3.14
3.35
3.45
3.38
3.60
3.89
3.82
4.08
4.34
4.26
4.56
4.78
4.70
5.01
5.22
5.15
5.47
5.66
5.59
5.95
Antenna with
radome
ft2
19.56
18.13
16.95
20.12
17.93
19.44
27.54
26.11
24.93
28.50
26.31
35.51
34.08
32.90
36.43
34.69
37.27
43.49
42.06
40.88
44.80
43.06
51.47
50.03
52.73
55.10
59.45
58.00
60.66
67.42
65.99
69.04
75.39
73.98
77.42
83.37
81.94
85.35
91.35
89.90
93.28
99.33
97.89
101.66
m2
1.82
1.68
1.57
1.87
1.67
1.81
2.56
2.43
2.32
2.65
2.44
3.30
3.17
3.06
3.38
3.22
3.46
4.04
3.91
3.80
4.16
4.00
4.78
4.65
4.90
5.12
5.52
5.39
5.64
6.26
6.13
6.41
7.00
6.87
7.19
7.75
7.61
7.93
8.49
8.35
8.67
9.23
9.09
9.44
Antenna, radome,
& ½ in. radial ice
ft2
22.09
21.32
19.33
22.33
20.39
21.90
31.16
30.39
28.40
31.82
29.88
40.24
39.47
37.48
41.09
39.37
41.96
49.31
48.54
46.55
50.58
48.86
58.38
57.61
59.80
62.01
67.45
66.68
69.02
76.53
75.76
78.51
85.61
84.84
88.00
94.67
93.90
97.23
103.73
102.96
106.46
112.82
112.04
115.94
m2
2.05
1.98
1.80
2.07
1.89
2.03
2.89
2.82
2.64
2.96
2.78
3.74
3.67
3.48
3.82
3.66
3.90
4.58
4.51
4.32
4.70
4.54
5.42
5.35
5.56
5.76
6.27
6.19
6.41
7.11
7.04
7.29
7.95
7.88
8.18
8.80
8.72
9.03
9.64
9.57
9.89
10.48
10.41
10.77
Notes:
(1) Antenna weight and wind load are approximate values for a typical structure assuming no top load. Final design loads will vary for specific projects and should be verified by an ERI representative.
(2) Wind loads are calculated in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 222-F standard. Weight and effective wind area (CaAc) includes antenna, inner transmission feed and typical support mast and mounting brackets with no ice.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
MPX Model - Medium Power
Mechanical Specifications
Type Number
MPX-1E
MPX-2C
MPX-2E
MPX-3C
MPX-3E
MPX-4C
MPX-4E
MPX-5C
MPX-5E
MPX-6C
MPX-7C
MPX-8C
MPX-9C
MPX-10C
MPX-11C
MPX-12C
MPX-2C-HW
MPX-2E-HW
MPX-3C-HW
MPX-3E-HW
MPX-4C-HW
MPX-4E-HW
MPX-5C-HW
MPX-5E-HW
MPX-6C-HW
MPX-7C-HW
MPX-8C-HW
MPX-9C-HW
MPX-10C-HW
MPX-11C-HW
MPX-12C-HW
Antenna
lbm
kg
75.00
186.00
156.00
267.00
237.00
348.00
318.00
429.00
399.00
510.00
561.00
672.00
723.00
834.00
885.00
996.00
172.00
142.00
239.00
209.00
306.00
276.00
373.00
343.00
440.00
507.00
574.00
641.00
708.00
775.00
842.00
34.02
84.37
70.76
121.11
107.50
157.85
144.24
194.59
180.98
231.33
254.47
304.81
327.95
378.30
401.43
451.78
78.02
64.41
108.41
94.80
138.80
125.19
169.19
155.58
199.58
229.97
260.36
290.75
321.14
351.53
381.92
Weight
Antenna & ½ in.
Antenna, radome,
Antenna & radome
radial ice
½ in. radial ice
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
ft2
127.00
307.00
260.00
440.00
393.00
573.00
526.00
706.00
659.00
839.00
925.00
1105.00
1191.00
1371.00
1457.00
1637.00
285.00
238.00
396.00
349.00
507.00
460.00
618.00
571.00
729.00
840.00
951.00
1062.00
1173.00
1284.00
1395.00
4.18
10.11
8.97
14.89
13.75
19.68
18.54
24.46
23.32
29.25
32.89
38.82
42.46
48.39
52.03
57.96
8.55
7.37
11.74
10.56
14.92
13.74
18.11
16.93
21.29
24.47
27.66
30.85
34.04
37.23
40.41
57.61
139.25
117.93
199.58
178.26
259.91
238.59
320.24
298.92
380.56
419.57
501.22
540.23
621.88
660.88
742.53
129.27
107.95
179.62
158.30
229.97
208.65
280.32
259.00
330.67
381.02
431.37
481.72
532.06
582.41
632.76
119.00
274.00
244.00
399.00
369.00
524.00
494.00
649.00
619.00
774.00
869.00
1024.00
1119.00
1274.00
1369.00
1524.00
260.00
230.00
371.00
341.00
482.00
452.00
593.00
563.00
704.00
815.00
926.00
1037.00
1148.00
1259.00
1370.00
53.98
124.28
110.68
180.98
167.38
237.68
224.07
294.38
280.77
351.08
394.17
464.48
507.57
577.88
620.97
691.27
117.93
104.33
168.28
154.67
218.63
205.02
268.98
255.37
319.33
369.68
420.03
470.38
520.72
571.07
621.42
210.00
476.00
426.00
692.00
642.00
908.00
858.00
1124.00
1074.00
1340.00
1506.00
1772.00
1938.00
2204.00
2370.00
2636.00
454.00
404.00
648.00
598.00
842.00
792.00
1036.00
986.00
1230.00
1424.00
1618.00
1812.00
2006.00
2200.00
2394.00
95.25
215.91
193.23
313.89
291.21
411.86
389.18
509.84
487.16
607.81
683.11
803.77
879.06
999.72
1075.01
1195.67
205.93
183.25
293.93
271.25
381.92
359.25
469.92
447.24
557.92
645.92
733.91
821.91
909.91
997.90
1085.90
CaAa
Antenna & ½ in.
radial ice
Antenna
m2
0.39
0.94
0.83
1.38
1.28
1.83
1.72
2.27
2.17
2.72
3.06
3.61
3.94
4.50
4.83
5.38
0.79
0.68
1.09
0.98
1.39
1.28
1.68
1.57
1.98
2.27
2.57
2.87
3.16
3.46
3.75
ft2
5.46
13.78
12.01
20.33
18.56
26.88
25.11
33.43
31.66
39.99
44.76
53.09
57.86
66.19
70.96
79.29
11.72
9.73
15.99
14.00
20.26
18.27
24.53
22.54
28.80
33.07
37.34
41.61
45.88
50.15
54.42
m2
0.51
1.28
1.12
1.89
1.72
2.50
2.33
3.11
2.94
3.72
4.16
4.93
5.38
6.15
6.59
7.37
1.09
0.90
1.49
1.30
1.88
1.70
2.28
2.09
2.68
3.07
3.47
3.87
4.26
4.66
5.06
Antenna with
radome
ft2
6.73
15.21
14.07
22.54
21.40
29.87
28.73
37.20
36.06
44.54
50.73
59.20
65.39
73.87
80.06
88.53
13.64
12.47
19.37
18.20
25.11
23.93
30.85
29.67
36.58
42.31
48.05
53.79
59.52
65.25
70.98
m2
0.63
1.41
1.31
2.09
1.99
2.78
2.67
3.46
3.35
4.14
4.71
5.50
6.07
6.86
7.44
8.22
1.27
1.16
1.80
1.69
2.33
2.22
2.87
2.76
3.40
3.93
4.46
5.00
5.53
6.06
6.59
Antenna, radome,
& ½ in. radial ice
ft2
8.14
19.14
17.37
28.37
26.60
37.60
35.83
46.83
45.06
56.07
63.52
74.53
81.98
92.99
100.44
111.45
17.08
15.09
24.03
22.04
30.98
28.99
37.93
35.94
44.88
51.83
58.78
65.73
72.68
79.63
86.58
m2
0.76
1.78
1.61
2.64
2.47
3.49
3.33
4.35
4.19
5.21
5.90
6.92
7.62
8.64
9.33
10.35
1.59
1.40
2.23
2.05
2.88
2.69
3.52
3.34
4.17
4.82
5.46
6.11
6.75
7.40
8.04
Notes:
(1) Antenna weight and wind load are approximate values for a typical structure assuming no top load. Final design loads will vary for specific projects and should be verified by an ERI representative.
(2) Wind loads are calculated in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 222-F standard. Weight and effective wind area (CaAc) includes antenna, inner transmission feed and typical support mast and mounting brackets with no ice.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
LPX Model - Low Power
Mechanical Specifications
Type Number
LPX-1E
LPX-2C
LPX-2E
LPX-3C
LPX-3E
LPX-4C
LPX-4E
LPX-5C
LPX-5E
LPX-6C
LPX-7C
LPX-8C
LPX-9C
LPX-10C
LPX-11C
LPX-12C
LPX-2C-HW
LPX-2E-HW
LPX-3C-HW
LPX-3E-HW
LPX-4C-HW
LPX-4E-HW
LPX-5C-HW
LPX-5E-HW
LPX-6C-HW
LPX-7C-HW
LPX-8C-HW
LPX-9C-HW
LPX-10C-HW
LPX-11C-HW
LPX-12C-HW
Antenna
lbm
kg
62.00
163.00
124.00
225.00
186.00
287.00
248.00
349.00
310.00
411.00
473.00
535.00
101.00
659.00
225.00
783.00
157.00
118.00
213.00
174.00
269.00
230.00
325.00
286.00
381.00
437.00
493.00
549.00
605.00
661.00
717.00
28.12
73.94
56.25
102.06
84.37
130.18
112.49
158.30
140.61
186.43
214.55
242.67
45.81
298.92
102.06
355.16
71.21
53.52
96.62
78.93
122.02
104.33
147.42
129.73
172.82
198.22
223.62
249.02
274.42
299.82
325.23
Weight
Antenna & ½ in.
Antenna, radome,
Antenna & radome
radial ice
½ in. radial ice
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
lbm
kg
ft2
102.00
256.00
204.00
358.00
306.00
460.00
408.00
562.00
510.00
664.00
766.00
868.00
154.00
1072.00
358.00
1276.00
247.00
195.00
340.00
288.00
433.00
381.00
526.00
474.00
619.00
712.00
805.00
898.00
991.00
1084.00
1186.00
3.08
8.40
6.38
11.69
9.67
14.99
12.97
18.29
16.27
21.58
24.87
28.17
5.31
34.77
11.91
41.36
7.59
5.62
10.12
8.15
12.66
10.69
15.20
13.23
17.73
20.26
22.80
25.34
27.88
30.42
32.95
46.27
116.12
92.53
162.39
138.80
208.65
185.07
254.92
231.33
301.19
347.45
393.72
69.85
486.25
162.39
578.78
112.04
88.45
154.22
130.63
196.41
172.82
238.59
215.00
280.77
322.96
365.14
407.33
449.51
491.69
537.96
106.00
251.00
212.00
357.00
318.00
463.00
424.00
569.00
530.00
675.00
781.00
887.00
145.00
1099.00
357.00
1311.00
245.00
206.00
345.00
306.00
445.00
406.00
545.00
506.00
645.00
745.00
845.00
945.00
1045.00
1145.00
1245.00
48.08
113.85
96.16
161.93
144.24
210.01
192.32
258.09
240.40
306.17
354.26
402.34
65.77
498.50
161.93
594.66
111.13
93.44
156.49
138.80
201.85
184.16
247.21
229.52
292.57
337.93
383.29
428.64
474.00
519.36
564.72
176.00
406.00
352.00
582.00
528.00
758.00
704.00
934.00
880.00
1110.00
1286.00
1462.00
230.00
1814.00
582.00
2166.00
397.00
343.00
564.00
510.00
731.00
677.00
898.00
844.00
1065.00
1232.00
1399.00
1566.00
1733.00
1900.00
2067.00
79.83
184.16
159.66
263.99
239.50
343.82
319.33
423.66
399.16
503.49
583.32
663.15
104.33
822.82
263.99
982.48
180.08
155.58
255.83
231.33
331.58
307.08
407.33
382.83
483.08
558.83
634.58
710.33
786.08
861.83
937.58
CaAa
Antenna & ½ in.
radial ice
Antenna
m2
0.29
0.78
0.59
1.09
0.90
1.39
1.20
1.70
1.51
2.00
2.31
2.62
0.49
3.23
1.11
3.84
0.71
0.52
0.94
0.76
1.18
0.99
1.41
1.23
1.65
1.88
2.12
2.35
2.59
2.83
3.06
ft2
4.59
12.00
9.60
17.02
14.62
22.03
19.64
27.04
24.65
32.06
37.08
42.09
7.41
52.12
17.44
62.15
10.50
8.32
14.23
12.05
17.96
15.79
21.69
19.52
25.43
29.17
32.89
36.61
40.36
44.11
47.82
m2
0.43
1.11
0.89
1.58
1.36
2.05
1.82
2.51
2.29
2.98
3.44
3.91
0.69
4.84
1.62
5.77
0.98
0.77
1.32
1.12
1.67
1.47
2.02
1.81
2.36
2.71
3.06
3.40
3.75
4.10
4.44
Antenna with
radome
ft2
5.61
13.45
11.43
19.26
17.24
25.08
23.06
30.90
28.88
36.72
42.54
48.36
7.84
60.00
19.48
71.64
12.63
10.67
17.69
15.73
22.75
20.78
27.81
25.84
32.87
37.93
42.99
48.05
53.11
58.17
63.23
m2
0.52
1.25
1.06
1.79
1.60
2.33
2.14
2.87
2.68
3.41
3.95
4.49
0.73
5.57
1.81
6.66
1.17
0.99
1.64
1.46
2.11
1.93
2.58
2.40
3.05
3.52
3.99
4.46
4.93
5.40
5.87
Antenna, radome,
& ½ in. radial ice
ft2
7.24
17.30
14.90
24.96
22.56
32.62
30.23
40.28
37.89
47.95
55.62
63.27
10.05
78.60
25.38
93.93
15.79
13.62
22.17
20.00
28.55
26.38
34.93
32.76
41.32
47.71
54.08
60.45
66.84
73.23
79.60
m2
0.67
1.61
1.38
2.32
2.10
3.03
2.81
3.74
3.52
4.45
5.17
5.88
0.93
7.30
2.36
8.73
1.47
1.27
2.06
1.86
2.65
2.45
3.25
3.04
3.84
4.43
5.02
5.62
6.21
6.80
7.40
Notes:
(1) Antenna weight and wind load are approximate values for a typical structure assuming no top load. Final design loads will vary for specific projects and should be verified by an ERI representative.
(2) Wind loads are calculated in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 222-F standard. Weight and effective wind area (CaAc) includes antenna, inner transmission feed and typical support mast and mounting brackets with no ice.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Mounting Notes
The base price of ERI FM antennas include brackets for
mounting on a tower leg or pole, up to 15-inches in diameter,
or for face mounting on a uniform cross section tower section
up to 42-inch face. Optional, standard fiberglass and steel
anti-rotation brackets are available for uniform cross section
tower faces up to 42-inches, center to center. For uniform
tower faces greater than 42-inches steel anti-rotation brackets
are generally used. Fiberglass anti-rotation brackets for face
sizes larger than 42-inches may be available as a special order
item. Please contact ERI with those requirements. Standard
FM antenna mounting brackets and anti-rotation brackets
assume that the tower face is unobstructed. If conduits,
transmission lines, or other appurtenances are mounted on
the tower face(s) they could interfere with standard bracket
designs and may require an optional, extra cost, brackets to
accommodate the obstruction. Contact ERI with details for
further information. Brackets for mounting on tapered tower
legs are available at additional cost. Contact ERI with tower
details. Anti-rotation brackets (one per bay) required for leg
mounting if leg O.D. is:
• LPX, LP, 300, and 350 Series Antennas - 2-inches (51 mm)
leg size or less
• SHPX, SHP, SHP-H, MPX, and MP Series Antennas - 3-inches
(76 mm) leg size or less
• Radomed Antennas - 5-inches (127 mm) leg size or less
Utilize the ERI Advantage
Combine an ERI antenna with an ERI Mounting Structure,
Pattern Measurement and Installation. Assure yourself of the
best antenna/tower interaction. ERI’s Pattern Measurement
service will provide the crucial answers concerning the
relationship between the antenna mounting orientation and
antenna pattern.
ERI Mounting Sections are designed to achieve optimum
antenna performance while reducing weight and wind loads.
Only ERI can offer you an antenna/tower/installation package
that will achieve your highest expectations in a demanding
FM market. Contact Electronics Research for complete
electrical and mechanical specifications.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
ROTOTILLER® X Series
Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Ordering Information
Type Number Definition
Options*
a-bcde-f-g-h
• Anti-rotation brackets
• Quarter wave stub - Included with SHPX, MPX, and LPX
antennas
• Beam tilt (center fed antennas only)
• First null fill (center fed antennas only)
• Second null fill (center fed antennas only); Second null
fill not available for LPX antennas
• Beam tilt and first null fill (center fed antennas only)
• Radomes
• Deicers (600w/220v)
• Stem heaters (300w/220v)
• Export packing
a
Model: SHPX, LPX, MPX
b
Number of Bays
c
Interbay Line Size: A = 3 1/8 inch, B = 4 1/8 inch, C = 6 1/8 inch
d
Input Feed Configuration: E = End Fed, C = Center fed for even number
of bays, off center fed for odd number of bays
e
RF Input Size: Blank = 3 1/8 inch, 6 = 6 1/8 inch
f
Design Note 1: Blank = Omnidirectional, DA = Directional Azimuth
Pattern
g
Design Note 2: Blank = Full wave length bay to bay spacing, HW =
Half wave length bay to bay spacing
h
Design Note 3: Blank = Standard product, SP = Special Design
Example:
SHPX-4AC-DA-HW
Description:
ERI Model SHPX ROTOTILLER FM Antenna, four bay, 4 1/8 inch interbay
line, center fed, directional azimuth pattern, half wave length bay to
bay spacing.
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
*
Options available at additional cost.
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
Around the World, Across the Spectrum,
Your Single Source For Broadcast Solutions
Antennas
Transmission Line
Towers
Filters/Combiners
Broadcast Services
About Electronics Research, Inc.
Founded in 1943, Electronics Research, Inc. delivers high quality, innovative, integrated solutions to broadcasters across the U.S.
and around the world. Our dedicated staff of engineers, designers, fabricators, and project managers take pride in contributing
to your success by providing AM, FM, VHF, UHF, BRS-EBS, and Mobile Media broadcast systems including the industry’s best
antenna, transmission line, filter/combiner, and tower and structural support systems. In addition to manufacturing the full
range of broadcast system components and installation accessories, ERI offers a suite of engineering and field services needed
to plan, install, optimize, and maintain your broadcast facility. We are your single source for broadcast solutions.
Broadcast Antenna Systems
Transmission Line Systems
• ROTOTILLER® FM Antenna
•
•
•
•
•
•
• LYNX™ Dual Input Antenna for FM-IBOC
• 1105 Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
• 100A Series Low Power Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
• FM Low Power Horizontally Polarized Educational FM Antenna
• P300/P350 Series Vertically Polarized FM Antenna
• 1180 and 1090 Series Broadband Panel FM Radio Antenna
MACXLine® Rigid Transmission Line with Bellows
HELIAX® Air- and Foam-dielectric Coaxial Cable
HELIAX® Standard Elliptical Waveguide
GUIDELine® Circular Waveguide
Standard Rectangular Waveguide
Dehydrators and Pressurization Equipment
• SLIMWING™ Batwing VHF Television Antenna
Filter and Combining Systems
• CRUCIS™ Crossed Dipole VHF Television Antenna
• FM Radio Filter and Combining Systems
• STINGRAY™ Broadband Television Panel Antenna
• UHF and VHF Television Filter and Combining Systems
• TRASAR® High Power Traveling Wave Television Antenna
• DAB Filter and Combining Systems
• AGW Quick-Deploy Emergency UHF Television Antenna
• Mobile Media Filter and Combining Systems
• ALP Low and Medium Power UHF Television Antenna
• RF Components
• AL PLUS Low and Medium Power UHF Television Antenna
• System Monitoring and Protection Components
• AL Series Low Power UHF Television Antenna
• HMD BRS-EBS Antenna
• SHADOWMASTER® Shadow-Filling BRS-EBS Antenna
Structural Support Systems
• Guyed Towers
• Self-Supporting Towers
• Roof-top Antenna Support Structures
• Specialty Structures and Custom Antenna Supports
RF and Structural System Services
• RF Field and Engineering Services
• Installation and Structural Engineering Services
Electronics Research, Inc.
7777 Gardner Road
Chandler, Indiana 47610-9219
USA
877 ERI-LINE
(toll-free: North America)
www.eriinc.com(web)
+1 812 925-6000 (international)
+1 812 925-4030 (fax)
Your Single Source for Broadcast Solutions™ | www.eriinc.com | 877 ERI-LINE
All designs, specifications, and availabilities of products and services presented in this
publication are subject to change without notice.
Copyright © 2013 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA (No. 20090316002_AEN Revision 03 | 2013 10 22)
11/13/2014
ERI - SHPX-12AC-HW
Catalog > Antennas > FM Antennas > ROTOTILLER X Series > SHPX-12AC-HW
ROTOTILLER ® X Series Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Type Number:
SHPX-12AC-HW
ROTOTILLER X Series SHPX Model Super High Power Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Electrical Specifications
Number of Bays:
Power Gain:
Input Type:
Feed Configuration:
Input Power Rating:
Bay to Bay Spacing:
12
3.7320 numeric | 5.7194 dB
3 1/8 inch 50 Ohm EIA Female
Center
39 kW
0.5 Wave Length
Mechanical Specifications
Weight,
Weight,
Weight,
Weight,
Antenna only:
Antenna with radome:
Antenn with half inch of ice:
Antenna with radome and half inch of ice:
1226 lbm
1826 lbm
2142 lbm
3598 lbm
| 556.10 kg
| 828.26 kg
| 971.59 kg
| 1,632.03 kg
CaAa, Antenna only:
46.53 ft 2 | 4.32 m2
CaAa, Antenna with radome:
97.89 ft 2 | 9.09 m2
CaAa, Antenna with half inch of ice:
60.13 ft 2 | 5.59 m2
CaAa, Antenna with radome and half inch of ice:
112.04 ft 2 | 10.41 m2
Mechanical Specification Notes
(1) All loads calculated in accordance with the ANSI/TIA-222 standard. (2) Prov ided ef f ectiv e wind areas, CaAa, do NOT include potential wind shielding/interf erence due to
the interaction with the supporting structure (i.e. does not include Ka f actor). (3) Listed antenna weights and ef f ectiv e wind areas assume 98 MHz and include the antenna
radiating elements, f eed harnessing, and standard leg mounting brackets. Special mounting bracket loads f or f ace-mounted and/or pole standof f mounted sy stems are NOT
included. Final design loads will v ary f or specif ic projects and should be v erif ied by an ERI representativ e when precise loading is required.
All designs, specif ications, and av ailabilities of products and serv ices presented in this publication are subject to change without notice.
Pages on this site may require Adobe Reader. Y ou can download this f ree sof tware here.
Copy right © 2014 Electronics Research, Inc. All rights reserv ed.
http://www.eriinc.com/Catalog/Antennas/FM-Antennas/ROTOTILLER-X-Series/SHPX-12AC-HW.aspx
1/1
11/13/2014
Mail - KBAQ Phoenix
Ralph Hogan <rhogan@rioradio.org>
KBAQ Phoenix
Shawn Knotts <sknotts@eriinc.com>
Mon, Nov 3, 2014 at 3:51 PM
ERI MP - 10AC - DA - HW - SP - FM Antenna
System Length - 52.011 ft
Bay Spacing - 65.698 inches
EFFECTIVE PROJECTED AREA(ft^2) (EPA)
NORMAL(ft^2)
No Ice
0.5 in Ice
1.0 in Ice
2.0 in Ice
4.0 in Ice
62.7
91.9
118.8
177.5
310.4
TRANSVERSE(ft^2)
64.4
93.9
121.5
181.1
318.9
WEIGHT(lbs.)
1,020
1,860
2,970
6,420
17,500
Shawn Knotts
Western Region Account Manager
Electronics Research, Inc.
(812) 760-5581
sknotts@eriinc.com
014 5:02:26 PM
Subject: KBAQ Phoenix
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ui=2&ik=242e6b96a9&view=pt&cat=A%20Tower&search=cat&msg=14977db22820a4f4&siml=14977db22820a4f4
Electronics Research, Inc. 7777 Gardner Rd.
Chandler, In 47610
Phone (812) 925-6000
Fax (812) 925-4030 http://www.eriinc.com/
Directional Antenna System
for
KBAQ, Phoenix, Arizona
July 2, 2009
Electronics Research Inc. is providing a custom fabricated antenna
system that is specially designed to meet the FCC requirements and the
general needs of radio station KBAQ.
The antenna is the ERI model MP-10AC-HW-SP configuration. The
circular polarized system consists of 10 half-wavelength spaced bays using
one driven circular polarized radiating element per bay, two horizontal
parasitic elements at bay level and four vertical parasitic elements per bay.
The antenna was mounted on the North 1 degrees East tower leg with
bracketry to provide an antenna orientation of North 1 degrees East. The
antenna was tested on a 27.5" face tower, which is the structure the station
plans to use to support the array. All tests were performed on a frequency of
89.5 megahertz, which is the center of the FM broadcast channel assigned to
KBAQ. The system will included –0.585 degrees of beam tilt.
Pattern measurements were made on a sixty-acre antenna pattern
range that is owned and operated by Electronics Research, Inc. The tests
were performed under the direction of Thomas B. Silliman, president of
Electronics Research, Inc. Mr. Silliman has the Bachelor of Electrical
Engineering and the Master of Electrical Engineering degrees from Cornell
University and is a registered professional engineer in the states of Indiana,
Maryland and Minnesota.
Directional Antenna System
Proposed For
KBAQ, Phoenix, Arizona
(Continued)
DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST PROCEDURE
The test antenna consisted of two bay levels of the circular polarized
system with the associated horizontal and vertical parasitic elements. The
elements and brackets that were used in this test are electrically equivalent to
those that will be supplied with the antenna. A section of 3 1/8 inch o.d.
rigid coaxial line was used to feed the test antenna, and a section of 3 1/8
inch o.d. rigid outer conductor only was attached above the test antenna.
The lines were properly grounded during all tests.
The power distribution and phase relationship to the antenna elements
was adjusted in order to achieve the directional radiation patterns for both
horizontal and vertical polarization components.
The proof-of-performance was accomplished using a 27.5" face tower
with identical dimension and configuration including all braces, ladders,
conduits, coaxial lines and other
appurtenances that are included in
the actual aperture at which the
antenna will be installed. The
structure was erected vertically on
a turntable mounted on a nonmetallic building with the antenna
centered
vertically
on
the
structure, making the center of
radiation of the test approximately
30 feet above ground.
The
turntable is equipped with a motor
drive and a US Digital angle
position indicator. The resolution of this angle position indicator is onehundredth of a degree.
The antenna under test was operated in the transmitting mode and fed
from a HP8657D signal generator. The frequency of the signal source was
set at 89.5 MHz and was constantly monitored by a Rohde & Schwarz
ESVD measuring receiver.
2
Directional Antenna System
Proposed For
KBAQ, Phoenix, Arizona
(Continued)
A broadband horizontal and vertical dipole system, located
approximately 628 feet from the test antenna, was used to receive the
emitted test signals. The dipole system was mounted at the same height
above terrain as the center of the antenna under test. The signals received by
the dipole system were fed to the test building by way of two buried Heliax
cables to a Rohde & Schwarz measuring receiver. This data was interfaced
to a laser jet printer by means of a computer system. Relative field strength
was plotted as a function of azimuth.
The measurements were performed by rotating the test antenna in a
counter-clockwise direction and plotting the received signal on polar coordinated graph paper in a clockwise direction. Both horizontal and vertical
components were recorded separately.
CONCLUSIONS
The circular polarized system consists of 10 half-wavelength spaced
bays using one driven circular polarized radiating element per bay, two
horizontal parasitic elements at bay level and four vertical parasitic elements
per bay. The power distribution and phase relationship will be fixed when
antenna is manufactured. Proper maintenance of the elements should be all
that is required to maintain the pattern in adjustment.
The MP-10AC-HW-SP array is to be mounted on the North 1 degrees
East tower leg of the 27.5" face tower at a bearing of North 1 degrees East.
Blue prints provided with the antenna will show the proper antenna
orientation alignment. The antenna alignment procedure should be directed
by a licensed surveyor as prescribed by the FCC.
Figure #1 represents the maximum value of either the horizontal or
vertical component at any azimuth. The measured horizontal plane relative
field pattern, for both the horizontal and vertical polarization components, is
shown on Figure #2 attached. The actual measured pattern does not exceed
the authorized FCC composite pattern at any azimuth. A calculated vertical
plane relative field pattern is shown on Figure #3 attached. The power in the
maximum will reach 30 kilowatts (14.771 dBk).
The power at North 110-170 degrees East does not exceed 13.147
kilowatts (11.188 dBk).
3
Directional Antenna System
Proposed For
KBAQ, Phoenix, Arizona
(Continued)
The power at North 190-200 degrees East does not exceed 14.995
kilowatts (11.759 dBk).
The power at North 220-240 degrees East does not exceed 15.038
kilowatts (11.772 dBk).
The RMS of the vertically polarized horizontal plane component does
not exceed the RMS of the horizontally polarized horizontal plane
component.
The composite horizontal and vertical maximum relative field pattern
obtained from the measured data as shown on Figure #1 has an RMS that is
greater that 85% of the filed composite pattern.
The clear vertical length of the structure required to support the
antenna is 69 feet 3 inches.
The directional antenna should not be mounted on the top of an
antenna tower that includes a top-mounted platform larger than the crosssectional area of the tower in the horizontal plane. No obstructions other
than those that are specified by the blue prints supplied with the antenna are
to be mounted within 75 ft. horizontally of the system. The vertical distance
to the nearest obstruction should be a minimum of 10 ft. from the directional
antenna. Metallic guy wires should be a minimum distance of forty feet
horizontally from the antenna.
ELECTRONICS RESEARCH, INC.
The Microsoft Word document on file electronically at Electronic Research, Inc. governs the specifications, scope, and
configuration of the product described. All other representations whether verbal, printed, or electronic are subordinate to the master
copy of this document on file at ERI.
4
®
Horizontal Plane Relative Field Pattern
Electronics Research, Inc. 7777 Gardner Rd. Chandler, In 47610 Phone (812) 925-6000 Fax (812) 925-4030 http://www.eriinc.com/
FIGURE NO: 1
STATION: KBAQ
LOCATION: PHOENIX, AZ.
ANTENNA: MP-10AC-DA-HW-SP
STRUCTURE: 27.5'' FACE TOWER
DATE: 7/2/2009
FREQUENCY: 89.5 MHZ
ORIENTATION: 1° TRUE
MOUNTING: 16" ELL
BAYS TESTED: TWO
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
FCC COMPOSITE:
RMS: 0.875
MAXIMUM : 1.000 @ 0° TRUE
MINIMUM : 0.662 @ 110° TRUE
Measured Composite:
RMS: 0.821
Maximum: 1.000 @ 3° True
Minimum: 0.537 @ 146° True
COMMENTS: COMPOSITE PATTERN: THIS PATTERN SHOWS THE MAXIMUM OF EITHER THE H OR V AZIMUTH VALUES. THIS
PATTERN IS GREATER THAT 90% OF THE FCC FILED COMPOSITE PATTERN BPED-20060227AHT.
®
Horizontal Plane Relative Field List
Electronics Research, Inc. 7777 Gardner Rd. Chandler, In 47610 Phone (812) 925-6000 Fax (812) 925-4030 http://www.eriinc.com/
Station: KBAQ
Location: Phoenix, AZ.
Frequency: 89.5 MHz
Angle
0º
5º
10º
15º
20º
25º
30º
35º
40º
45º
50º
55º
60º
65º
70º
75º
80º
85º
90º
95º
100º
105º
110º
115º
120º
125º
130º
135º
140º
145º
150º
155º
160º
165º
170º
175º
Field
0.998
1.000
0.995
0.987
0.975
0.958
0.938
0.921
0.907
0.910
0.922
0.939
0.955
0.966
0.970
0.962
0.941
0.905
0.855
0.794
0.741
0.695
0.657
0.626
0.599
0.577
0.560
0.548
0.540
0.537
0.538
0.541
0.547
0.555
0.562
0.572
Envelope
kW
dBk
29.87
14.75
29.97
14.77
29.72
14.73
29.23
14.66
28.50
14.55
27.54
14.40
26.39
14.22
25.42
14.05
24.70
13.93
24.85
13.95
25.52
14.07
26.44
14.22
27.35
14.37
28.00
14.47
28.21
14.50
27.77
14.44
26.56
14.24
24.59
13.91
21.93
13.41
18.93
12.77
16.47
12.17
14.48
11.61
12.95
11.12
11.74
10.70
10.76
10.32
9.99
10.00
9.41
9.74
9.00
9.54
8.76
9.42
8.66
9.38
8.69
9.39
8.79
9.44
8.99
9.54
9.25
9.66
9.47
9.76
9.80
9.91
Antenna: MP-10AC-DA-HW-SP
Orientation: 1° True
Tower: 27.5'' Face tower
Polarization
Angle
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Polarization:
Envelope
Maximum Field:
1.000 @ 3° True
Minimum Field:
0.537 @ 146° True
RMS:
0.821
Maximum ERP:
30.000 kW
Maximum Power Gain:
4.676 (6.699 dB)
Horizontal Plane Gain:
4.717 (6.737 dB)
Total Input Power: 6.415 kW
180º
185º
190º
195º
200º
205º
210º
215º
220º
225º
230º
235º
240º
245º
250º
255º
260º
265º
270º
275º
280º
285º
290º
295º
300º
305º
310º
315º
320º
325º
330º
335º
340º
345º
350º
355º
Field
0.580
0.587
0.592
0.595
0.596
0.598
0.604
0.613
0.625
0.638
0.656
0.679
0.707
0.740
0.783
0.829
0.865
0.891
0.906
0.908
0.912
0.928
0.941
0.952
0.961
0.968
0.974
0.980
0.986
0.991
0.995
0.998
1.000
0.999
0.995
0.988
Figure: 1
Date: 7/2/2009
Reference: kbaq1m.fig
Envelope
kW
dBk
10.10
10.04
10.33
10.14
10.51
10.21
10.61
10.26
10.66
10.28
10.74
10.31
10.94
10.39
11.27
10.52
11.72
10.69
12.23
10.87
12.90
11.11
13.83
11.41
14.98
11.76
16.44
12.16
18.40
12.65
20.60
13.14
22.46
13.52
23.83
13.77
24.64
13.92
24.75
13.94
24.93
13.97
25.83
14.12
26.58
14.25
27.18
14.34
27.68
14.42
28.10
14.49
28.46
14.54
28.83
14.60
29.17
14.65
29.47
14.69
29.70
14.73
29.88
14.75
29.99
14.77
29.94
14.76
29.70
14.73
29.29
14.67
Polarization
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
®
Horizontal Plane Relative Field Pattern
Electronics Research, Inc. 7777 Gardner Rd. Chandler, In 47610 Phone (812) 925-6000 Fax (812) 925-4030 http://www.eriinc.com/
FIGURE NO: 1
STATION: KBAQ
LOCATION: PHOENIX, AZ.
ANTENNA: MP-10AC-DA-HW-SP
STRUCTURE: 27.5'' FACE TOWER
DATE: 7/2/2009
FREQUENCY: 89.5 MHZ
ORIENTATION: 1° TRUE
° TRUE
MOUNTING: STANDARD
BAYS TESTED: TWO
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
VERTICAL
RMS: 0.784
MAXIMUM : 1.000 @ 3° TRUE
MINIMUM : 0.537 @ 146° TRUE
COMMENTS: MEASURED PATTERNS OF THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL COMPONENTS.
Horizontal
RMS: 0.801
Maximum: 1.000 @ 341° True
Minimum: 0.524 @ 141° True
®
Horizontal Plane Relative Field List
Electronics Research, Inc. 7777 Gardner Rd. Chandler, In 47610 Phone (812) 925-6000 Fax (812) 925-4030 http://www.eriinc.com/
Station: KBAQ
Location: Phoenix, AZ.
Frequency: 89.5 MHz
Angle
0º
5º
10º
15º
20º
25º
30º
35º
40º
45º
50º
55º
60º
65º
70º
75º
80º
85º
90º
95º
100º
105º
110º
115º
120º
125º
130º
135º
140º
145º
150º
155º
160º
165º
170º
175º
Field
0.979
0.965
0.950
0.936
0.924
0.914
0.907
0.904
0.904
0.910
0.922
0.939
0.955
0.966
0.970
0.962
0.941
0.905
0.855
0.794
0.733
0.678
0.634
0.600
0.573
0.553
0.538
0.528
0.524
0.525
0.531
0.539
0.547
0.555
0.562
0.566
Horizontal
kW
dBk
28.74
14.59
27.93
14.46
27.08
14.33
26.28
14.20
25.60
14.08
25.07
13.99
24.70
13.93
24.50
13.89
24.52
13.90
24.85
13.95
25.52
14.07
26.44
14.22
27.35
14.37
28.00
14.47
28.21
14.50
27.77
14.44
26.56
14.24
24.59
13.91
21.93
13.41
18.93
12.77
16.13
12.08
13.81
11.40
12.05
10.81
10.79
10.33
9.86
9.94
9.17
9.62
8.67
9.38
8.36
9.22
8.23
9.16
8.28
9.18
8.46
9.27
8.71
9.40
8.99
9.54
9.25
9.66
9.47
9.76
9.61
9.83
Polarization:
Maximum Field:
Minimum Field:
RMS:
Maximum ERP:
Maximum Power Gain:
Horizontal Plane Gain:
Antenna: MP-10AC-DA-HW-SP
Orientation: 1° True
Tower: 27.5'' Face tower
Field
0.998
1.000
0.995
0.987
0.975
0.958
0.938
0.921
0.907
0.898
0.893
0.892
0.894
0.897
0.900
0.895
0.882
0.859
0.828
0.789
0.741
0.695
0.657
0.626
0.599
0.577
0.560
0.548
0.540
0.537
0.538
0.541
0.546
0.553
0.562
0.572
Vertical
Horizontal
Angle
kW
dBk
Field kW
dBk
29.87
14.75 180º 0.568
9.69
9.86
29.97
14.77 185º 0.569
9.70
9.87
29.72
14.73 190º 0.567
9.65
9.84
29.23
14.66 195º 0.563
9.50
9.78
28.50
14.55 200º 0.556
9.28
9.67
27.54
14.40 205º 0.548
9.03
9.55
26.39
14.22 210º 0.542
8.80
9.44
25.42
14.05 215º 0.538
8.67
9.38
24.70
13.93 220º 0.539
8.72
9.41
24.20
13.84 225º 0.548
9.01
9.55
23.93
13.79 230º 0.565
9.59
9.82
23.89
13.78 235º 0.592
10.51
10.22
23.98
13.80 240º 0.627
11.81
10.72
24.15
13.83 245º 0.669
13.42
11.28
24.32
13.86 250º 0.713
15.26
11.84
24.05
13.81 255º 0.758
17.22
12.36
23.32
13.68 260º 0.799
19.14
12.82
22.15
13.45 265º 0.835
20.92
13.20
20.58
13.13 270º 0.866
22.51
13.52
18.65
12.71 275º 0.892
23.86
13.78
16.47
12.17 280º 0.912
24.93
13.97
14.48
11.61 285º 0.928
25.83
14.12
12.95
11.12 290º 0.941
26.58
14.25
11.74
10.70 295º 0.952
27.18
14.34
10.76
10.32 300º 0.961
27.68
14.42
9.99
10.00 305º 0.968
28.10
14.49
9.41
9.74 310º 0.974
28.46
14.54
9.00
9.54 315º 0.980
28.83
14.60
8.76
9.42 320º 0.986
29.17
14.65
8.66
9.38 325º 0.991
29.47
14.69
8.69
9.39 330º 0.995
29.70
14.73
8.79
9.44 335º 0.998
29.88
14.75
8.95
9.52 340º 1.000
29.99
14.77
9.17
9.63 345º 0.999
29.94
14.76
9.46
9.76 350º 0.995
29.70
14.73
9.80
9.91 355º 0.988
29.29
14.67
Horizontal
1.000 @ 341° True
0.524 @ 141° True
0.801
30.000 kW
4.676 (6.699 dB)
4.717 (6.737 dB)
Total Input Power: 6.415 kW
Figure: 2
Date: 7/2/2009
Reference: kbaq1m.fig
Vertical
1.000 @ 3° True
0.537 @ 146° True
0.784
30.000 kW
4.676 (6.699 dB)
4.717 (6.737 dB)
Field
0.580
0.587
0.592
0.595
0.596
0.598
0.604
0.613
0.625
0.638
0.656
0.679
0.707
0.740
0.783
0.829
0.865
0.891
0.906
0.908
0.896
0.879
0.857
0.835
0.815
0.798
0.786
0.782
0.787
0.802
0.826
0.858
0.900
0.938
0.967
0.987
Vertical
kW
dBk
10.10
10.04
10.33
10.14
10.51
10.21
10.61
10.26
10.66
10.28
10.74
10.31
10.94
10.39
11.27
10.52
11.72
10.69
12.23
10.87
12.90
11.11
13.83
11.41
14.98
11.76
16.44
12.16
18.40
12.65
20.60
13.14
22.46
13.52
23.83
13.77
24.64
13.92
24.75
13.94
24.10
13.82
23.15
13.65
22.06
13.44
20.94
13.21
19.92
12.99
19.10
12.81
18.55
12.68
18.35
12.64
18.60
12.70
19.30
12.85
20.45
13.11
22.10
13.44
24.29
13.85
26.39
14.21
28.05
14.48
29.22
14.66
Directional Antenna System
for
KBAQ, Phoenix, Arizona
(Continued)
ANTENNA SPECIFICATIONS
Antenna Type:
Frequency:
Number of Bays:
MP-10AC-DA-HW-SP
89.5 MHz
Ten
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mounting:
Standard
System length:
53 ft 5 in
Aperture length required:
69 ft 3 in
Orientation:
1° true
Input flange to the antenna 3 1/8“ female.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(For directional use)
Maximum horizontal ERP:
Horizontal maximum power gain:
H Pol H Plane power gain:
Maximum vertical ERP:
Vertical maximum power gain:
V Pol H Plane power gain:
Beam Tilt:
Total input power:
30.000 kW (14.771 dBk)
4.676 (6.699 dB)
4.717 (6.737 dB)
30.000 kW (14.771 dBk)
4.676 (6.699 dB)
4.717 (6.737 dB)
-0.585°
6.415 kW (8.072 dBk)
Product Specifications
VHLPX3
VHLPX3--6W
1.0 m | 3 ft ValuLine® High Performance Low Profile Antenna, dual­polarized, 5.925–
7.125 GHz General Specifications
Antenna Type VHLPX ­ ValuLine® High Performance Low Profile Antenna, dual­polarized Diameter, nominal 1.0 m | 3 ft Polarization Dual Electrical Specifications
Beamwidth, Horizontal 3.3 ° Beamwidth, Vertical 3.3 ° Cross Polarization Discrimination (XPD) 30 dB Electrical Compliance Brazil Anatel Class 2
Front­to­Back Ratio 60 dB Gain, Low Band 32.0 dBi Gain, Mid Band 33.0 dBi Gain, Top Band 34.0 dBi Operating Frequency Band 5.925 – 7.125 GHz |
ETSI 302 217 Class 3
|
US FCC Part 101B2 Radiation Pattern Envelope Reference (RPE) 7167 Return Loss 17.7 dB VSWR 1.30 Mechanical Specifications
Fine Azimuth Adjustment ±15° Fine Elevation Adjustment ±15° Mounting Pipe Diameter 115 mm | 4.5 in Net Weight 24 kg
Side Struts, Included 0 Side Struts, Optional 1 inboard Wind Velocity Operational 200 km/h
|
124 mph Wind Velocity Survival Rating 250 km/h
|
155 mph |
53 lb Wind Forces At Wind Velocity Survival Rating
Angle a for MT Max 0 ° Axial Force (FA) 2979 N
Side Force (FS) 936 N
Twisting Moment (MT) 1184 N•m Weight with 1/2 in (12 mm) Radial Ice 46 kg
|
|
|
670 lbf 210 lbf 101 lb ©2014 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.commscope.com for the most current information. Revised: June 11, 2014
page 1 of 5
September 22, 2014
Product Specifications
VHLPX3
VHLPX3--6W
Zcg with 1/2 in (12 mm) Radial Ice 220 mm | 9 in Zcg without Ice 324 mm
|
13 in ©2014 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.commscope.com for the most current information. Revised: June 11, 2014
page 2 of 5
September 22, 2014
Product Specifications
VHLPX3
VHLPX3--6W
Wind Forces At Wind Velocity Survival Rating Image
©2014 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.commscope.com for the most current information. Revised: June 11, 2014
page 3 of 5
September 22, 2014
Product Specifications
VHLPX3
VHLPX3--6W
Antenna Dimensions And Mounting Information
* Footnotes
Axial Force (FA) Maximum forces exerted on a supporting structure as a result of wind from the most critical direction for this parameter. The individual maximums specified may not occur simultaneously. All forces are referenced to the mounting pipe. Cross Polarization Discrimination (XPD) The difference between the peak of the co­polarized main beam and the maximum cross­polarized signal over an angle twice the 3 dB beamwidth of the co­polarized main beam. Front­to­Back Ratio Denotes highest radiation relative to the main beam, at 180° ±40°, across the band. Production antennas do not exceed rated values by more than 2 dB unless stated otherwise. Gain, Mid Band For a given frequency band, gain is primarily a function of antenna size. The gain of Andrew antennas is determined by either gain by comparison or by computer integration of the measured antenna patterns. Operating Frequency Band Bands correspond with CCIR recommendations or common allocations used throughout the world. Other ranges can be accommodated on special order. Radiation Pattern Envelope Reference (RPE) Radiation patterns determine an antenna’s ability to discriminate against unwanted signals under conditions of radio congestion. Radiation patterns ©2014 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.commscope.com for the most current information. Revised: June 11, 2014
page 4 of 5
September 22, 2014
Product Specifications
VHLPX3
VHLPX3--6W
are dependent on antenna series, size, and frequency. Return Loss The figure that indicates the proportion of radio waves incident upon the antenna that are rejected as a ratio of those that are accepted. Side Force (FS) Maximum side force exerted on the mounting pipe as a result of wind from the most critical direction for this parameter. The individual maximums specified may not occur simultaneously. All forces are referenced to the mounting pipe. Twisting Moment (MT) Maximum forces exerted on a supporting structure as a result of wind from the most critical direction for this parameter. The individual maximums specified may not occur simultaneously. All forces are referenced to the mounting pipe. VSWR Maximum; is the guaranteed Peak Voltage­Standing­Wave­Ratio within the operating band. Wind Velocity Operational The wind speed where the antenna deflection is equal to or less than 0.1 degrees. In the case of ValuLine antennas, it is defined as a maximum deflection of 0.3 x the 3 dB beam width of the antenna. Wind Velocity Survival Rating The maximum wind speed the antenna, including mounts and radomes, where applicable, will withstand without permanent deformation. Realignment may be required. This wind speed is applicable to antenna with the specified amount of radial ice. ©2014 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.commscope.com for the most current information. Revised: June 11, 2014
page 5 of 5
September 22, 2014
445 - 480 MHz
ANT450F6
FIBERGLASS COLLINEAR ANTENNA 6 dBd
The Telewave ANT450F6 is an
ex tremely rugged, medium gain, fiberglass collinear antenna,
de signed for op er a tion in all
environmental conditions. The
antenna is constructed with brass
and copper elements, connected at
DC ground potential for lightning
impulse protection.
All junctions are fully soldered
to prevent RF intermodulation,
and each antenna is completely
protected within a rugged, hightech radome to ensure survivability
in the worst environments. The
“Cool Blue” radome provides
maximum protection from corrosive
gases, ultraviolet radiation, icing,
salt spray, acid rain, and wind blown
abrasives.
90
60
60
-3
30
30
-10
-20
0
0
-30
-30
-60
-60
-90
ANT450F6 - 460 MHz
Vertical Plane
Gain = 6.32 dBd
T h e A N T4 5 0 F 6 i n c l u d e s a n
ANTC482 dual clamp set for
mounting to a 1.5” to 3.5” O.D.
support pipe, and a 24” removable
RG-213 N-Male jumper. Stand-off
and top mounts are also available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency (continuous)
Gain
Power rating (typ.)
Impedance
VSWR
Pattern
Vertical beamwidth
Termination
445-480 MHz
6 dBd
500 watts
50 ohms
1.5:1 or less
Omnidirectional
18°
Recessed N Female
Dimensions (L x base diam.) in.
Tower weight (antenna + clamps)
Shipping weight
Wind rating / with 0.5” ice
Maximum exposed area
Lateral thrust at 100 MPH
Bending moment at top clamp
94 x 2.375
21 lb.
26 lb.
150 / 125 MPH
1.5 ft.²
60 lb.
143 ft. lb.
(100 MPH, 40 PSF flat plate equiv.)
7-16 DIN-F opt.
Telewave, Inc. • San Jose, CA • 1-800-331-3396 ~ 408-929-4400 • www.telewave.com
All specifications subject
to change without notice
TWDS-7036 Rev. 1/11
Technical Data Sheet
DA6-105BC
TrunkLine Antenna, High Performance, Single Polarized, 6 ft
Product Description
(Only available in North America)
RFS TrunkLine Antennas are designed for microwave backbone networks, long distance, high capacity
links
A choice between tested and validated ultra-high (ETSI EN 302 217 Class 3 and FCC Class A) electrical
performance or high (ETSI Class 2 and FCC Class B) performance
Sizes ranging from 1.8 m (6 ft) to 4.6 m (15 ft)
Single- and dual-polarized models with the ability to upgrade from single to dual polarization and change
frequencies in the field in most cases
Features/Benefits
• Field-proven reliability and long life
• Support for winds up to 200 km/h (125 mph) with high-wind versions that support winds up to 252 km/h
(155 mph) and an optional sway bar for added assurance in case mistakes are made during installation
• A single-piece configuration and compact packaging to reduce transportation costs
• Frequencies ranging from 4 GHz to 15 GHz with support for two wideband frequency ranges (5.7256.875 and 7.125-8.5 GHz) to reduce antenna requirements and simplify logistics
Antenna
All information contained in the present datasheet is subject to confirmation at time of ordering
Technical Features
Product Type
Point to point antennas
Frequency, GHz
10.5 - 10.7
Diameter, ft (m)
6 (1.8)
Profile
TrunkLine
Reflector
1-part
Swaybar
1: (2.0 m x Ø60 mm)
optional Swaybar
1: SMA-SK-60-2000A (2.0 m x Ø60mm)
Performance
High
Polarization
Single
Regulatory Compliance
ETSI EN 302217 Range 1, class 2 , FCC Category A
3dB beamwidth, (degrees)
1.1
Antenna Input
CPR90G
Low Band Gain, dBi
43.5
Mid Band Gain, dBi
43.6
High Band Gain, dBi
43.7
F/B Ratio, dB
68
XPD, dB
30
Max VSWR / R L, dB
1.06 ( 30.7 )
Elevation Adjustment, degrees
±5
Azimuth Adjustment, degrees
±5
Polarization Adjustment, degrees
±5
Radome
flexible
Antenna color
White RAL 9010
Mounting Pipe Diameter minimum, mm (in)
114 (4.5)
Mounting Pipe Diameter maximum, mm (in)
114 (4.5)
Approximate Weight, kg (lb)
95 (209)
Survival Windspeed, km/h (mph)
200 (125)
Operational Windspeed, km/h (mph)
190 (118)
Further Accessories
SMA-WK-6A : Wind Kit< br />SMA-SKO-UNIVERSAL-L : Universal sway bar fixation kit
RFS The Clear Choice ®
Please visit us on the internet at http://www.rfsworld.com/
DA6-105BC
Rev: A / 05. Apr 12
Print Date: 22.09.2014
Radio Frequency Systems
Technical Data Sheet
DA6-105BC (Cont.)
TrunkLine Antenna, High Performance, Single Polarized, 6 ft
All values @ Survival Wind Speed
FST Side force max, N (lb)
3715 (832)
FAT Fa Axial force max, N (lb)
7500 (1680)
M Torque max., Nm (lb*ft)
2835 (2100)
Dimensions
mm (in)
ØA
B
C
D @ Mounting pipe Ø 219 (8.5):
D @ Mounting pipe Ø 114 (4.5):
D @ Mounting pipe Ø 89 (3.5):
D @ Mounting pipe Ø 48 (1.9):
E
F
G
H
2000 (79)
1242 (48.9)
364 (14.3)
not applicable
175 (6.9)
not applicable
not applicable
283 (11.1)
590 (23.2)
not applicable
not applicable
Notes
All information contained in the present datasheet is subject to confirmation at time of ordering
no notes
Documentation
Complete Antenna installation
RFS The Clear Choice ®
Please visit us on the internet at http://www.rfsworld.com/
RPE (IQ-Link format)
RPE (Pathloss format)
RPE (PDF format)
DA6-105BC
Rev: A / 05. Apr 12
Print Date: 22.09.2014
Radio Frequency Systems
Shively Labs
®
Model 6828 FM Antenna
True circular polarization
Handles up to 20 kW per bay 2
Multiplexes over 10 MHz bandwidth
Shively standard features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ring stub design
Consistently predictable patterns
-ready
Pattern studies available
No factory personnel needed to install
Radomes and deicers available
Rugged corrosion-resistant mounts
Null fill, beam tilt, and special bay spacing available - contact the factory
Performance Specifications:
Polarization:
Right circular.
VSWR:
< 1.2 : 1 over 10 MHz;
< 1.1 : 1 over 7 MHz.
Azimuth pattern circularity: Horizontal component ± 1.5 dB
on pole.
Input connection:
Optional - contact the factory.
Electrical Specifications:
No. of
bays
Gain at
98.1 MHz
Maximum power
rating
Typical power rating,
3-1/8" input 3
Typical power rating,
6-1/8" input 3
Power
dB
kW
kW @ 98 MHz
kW @ 98 MHz
1
0.46
-3.40
20
12
—
2
1.01
0.026
40
24
—
3
1.57
1.978
60
36
—
4
2.14
3.318
80
45
—
5
2.71
4.331
100
45
—
6
3.27
5.145
100
45
—
8
4.38
6.416
100
—
90
10
5.49
7.399
100
—
90
12
6.61
8.204
100
—
90
Notes:
1. Our gain figures are derived from the computed directivity and include the losses in the antenna feed system. Gain is provided
for one polarization and is equal in circularly polarized antennas for both horizontal and vertical components. Gain will be
reduced if null fill, beam tilt is provided. Gain will increase in a directional array by the directivity of the azimuth pattern.
2. With specially-designed rigid feed systems.
3. With high-power flexible feed system and specified input connector size.
Document No. ds-6828 (140905)
A Division of Howell Laboratories, Inc., P. O. Box 389, Bridgton, Maine 04009 USA
(207) 647-3327
1-888-SHIVELY
An Employee-Owned Company
Fax: (207)647-8273
www.shively.com
sales@shively.com
Certified to ISO-9001
Size and weight:
Vertical Tower Space
No. of
Bays
1
Weight
Antenna
radiation
aperture
Physical
space
used
Total tower
space
recommended
Without
radomes
With
radomes
With radomes &
1/2” (1.2 cm)
radial ice
ft (m)
ft (m)
ft (m)
lb (kg)
lb (kg)
lb (kg)
2.0 (0.7)
7.5 (2.29)
27.5 (8.38)
120 (54.5)
225 (103)
346 (157)
2
9.0 (2.74)
16.5 (5.03)
36.5 (11.03)
240 (109)
450 (205)
692 (315)
3
18.0 (5.48)
25.5 (7.76)
45.5 (13.85)
360 164)
675 (307)
1038 (472)
4
27.0 (8.23)
34.5 (10.52)
54.5 (16.52)
480 (218)
900 (409)
1385 (630)
5
36.0 (10.96)
43.5 (13.24)
63.5 (19.33)
600 (273)
1125 (511)
1731 (787)
6
45.0 (13.72)
52.5 (16.00)
72.5 (22.00)
720 (327)
1350 (614)
2077 944)
8
63.0 (19.20)
70.5 (21.49)
90.5 (27.49)
960 (436)
1800 (818)
2769 (1259)
10
81.0 (24.69)
88.5 (26.97)
108.5 (32.97)
1200 (545)
2250 (1023)
3461 (1573)
12
99.0 (30.17)
106.5 (32.46)
126.5 (38.46)
1440 (655)
2700 (1227)
4154 (1888)
Revision 'G' effective projected area:
No. of
Bays
Without
radomes
With
radomes
With radomes
& 1/2” (1.2 cm)
radial ice
With radomes
& 1” (2.5 cm)
radial ice
With radomes
& 2” (5.1 cm)
radial ice
ft2
ft2
ft2
ft2
ft2
EPAN
EPAT
EPAN
EPAT
EPAN
EPAT
EPAN
EPAT
EPAN
EPAT
1
6.2
5.8
10.9
10.9
13.0
13.0
13.7
13.7
14.9
14.9
2
12.5
11.7
21.7
21.7
26.0
26.0
27.4
27.4
29.9
29.9
3
18.7
17.5
32.6
32.6
34.1
34.1
41.0
41.0
44.8
44.8
4
25.0
23.4
43.4
43.4
52.1
52.1
54.6
54.6
59.7
59.7
5
31.2
29.2
54.3
54.3
65.1
65.1
68.3
68.3
74.7
74.7
6
37.5
35.0
65.1
65.1
78.1
78.1
82.0
82.0
89.6
89.6
8
50.0
46.7
86.8
86.8
104.2
104.2
109.3
109.3
119.5
119.5
10
62.5
58.4
108.5
108.5
130.2
130.2
136.6
136.6
149.4
149.4
12
75.0
70.1
130.2
130.2
156.3
156.3
163.9
163.9
209.9
209.9
Notes:
4. The mounting structure must not flex more than ± 1/2 in (± 1.2 cm) in any 10-ft (3-meter) section. 5 feet (1.5 m) of mounting
structure is required above and below the antenna bays for proper pattern formation.
5. Antenna radiation aperture is the distance from the center of the top bay to the center of the bottom bay. Physical space used
is from the top of the top bay to the input flange at the bottom of the array, or the bottom of the bottom bay in a center-fed
array. Total tower space recommended allows ten feet (3 m) of clear tower space above and below the antenna to protect
from pattern interference by other antennas. At frequencies lower than 98 MHz, each of these dimensions will increase by up to
1 ft (0.3 m) per bay.
6. Windload and weight tabulations are estimates. They include the bay and input connection. No values have been included
in these tabulations for mounts. Actual values vary with the specific installation. Contact us with details of your installation if
more precise values are needed.
7. The effective projected area (EPA) is calculated per TIA standard ANSI/TIA-222-G.
EPAN - Effective projected area associated with the windward face normal to the azimuth of the antenna: EPAN = Σ(CaAc)N
EPAT - Effective projected area associated with the windward face at the side of the antenna: EPAT = Σ(CaAc)T
8. Deicers add approximately 1 lb (0.45 kg) per bay in weight and 2 lb (0.9 kg) or 0.05 ft2 per bay in windload.
9. Ask for technical assistance at Shively if you are planning to mount antennas on AM towers or install them at altitudes over
3,000 ft (915 m) above mean sea level.
2
11/13/2014
Hutton Communications: General Dynamics P-9A72GN-S
United States: 877-648-8866 Canada East: 800-265-8685 Canada West: 800-463-4793
CUSTOMER LOGIN
Home
Products
Market Segments
Overview
Resource Library
Customer Service
Products
Welcome to Hutton Communications!
Region: CA NA D A (s el ect ed) USA more info
Secure Sign In
Search
PRODUCT CATEGORIES
Antennas
Antenna Accessories
Cables and Connectors
Distributed Antenna Systems
Fiber Optics
Filter Products
In-Vehicle Mounts
IP Network Devices
Power & Related Products
RF Amplifiers
Site Hardware
Test & Measurement Equipment
Tools & Shop Supplies
Towers
Two-Way Radio Accessories
Radios
Go
All Products
User Name:
Advanced Search
Password:
General Dynamics P-9A72GN-S
Sign In
Product Description
P9A72GNS , 6', 940-960 MHZ, 22.1 DBI
GAIN, PARABOLIC GRID, N(F)
Zoom In
Reset Password
New Customer Registration
NS Non-Cancel Non-Return Item
List Can$ 2,516.48
Search by Manufacturer
1
Products Homepage
Add to Cart
Hutton Outlet
Part No.: TPG-P-9A72GN-S
Uom: Each
Technica l Specifica tions
Depth
81"
Width
24"
Height
81"
Weight
378 LB
Warranty
1 year
Shipping *
Heavy Freight
* A product is usually associated with one of the following:
1) Parcel Freight: Indicates that shipping will typically be completed via UPS, FedEx, USPS or
other carriers that typically transport smaller items.
2) Heavy Freight: Indicates that shipping will typically be completed via Truck.
3) Call For Quote: Indicates a product that requires us to determine the shipping method and
pricing.
Home | Products | Market Segments | Overview | Resource Library | Customer Service | Contact Us | Site Policy | © 2011-2013 HUTTON
http://www.hol4g.com/ac/product.aspx?number=TPG-P-9A72GN-S&p=257533&sc=0
1/1
ExtendAir
Digital Microwave Radios
Installation & Management Guide
Note: The enclosed manual is for the EX-r Series radios which are very
similar to the ExtendAir Series. The manual for the ExtendAir Series is
not yet available.
Contact Exalt Customer Care for any support requirements at
408-871-9890 (7am to 4pm M-F) or email to support@exaltcom.com
Models:
r5000 / rc5000 / r5000HP
r5005 / rc5005 / r5005HP
r5010 / rc5010 / r5010HP
r5015 / rc5015 / r5015HP
Part Number: 203591-000
Date: 2009-07-30
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Legal Notice
The information contained herein is the property of Exalt Communications, Inc. (“Exalt”) and is
supplied without liability for errors or omissions. No part of this document may be reproduced, in any
form, except as authorized by contract or other written permission from the owner.
Any brand names and product names included in this manual are trademarks, registered trademarks, or
trade names of their respective holders.
The contents of this document are current as of the date of publication. Exalt reserves the right to
change the contents without prior notice.
The publication of information in this document does not imply freedom from patent or other rights of
Exalt or others.
© 2008 Exalt Communications Inc. All rights reserved.
The Exalt logo is a trademark of Exalt Communications, Inc.
Open-Source License Information
In addition to proprietary software/firmware, which is the sole intellectual property of Exalt, the
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios make use of public (open-source) software/firmware within the
terms of use of their respective shared license agreements. Exalt will supply copies of any of this code,
within the terms of their individual licensing agreements, upon request.
Open-Source Code
License Agreement
Website
Linux Operating System
GNU GPL Version 2
www.gnu.org
BusyBox CLI
GNU GPL Version 2
www.gnu.org
www.busybox.net
ii
GoAhead Web Server
Copyright (c) 2003 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
www.goahead.com
U-boot Boot Code
GNU GPL Version 2
www.gnu.org
www.sourceforge.net
Net-SNMP
(see Copyright Notices)
www.sourceforge.net
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table of Contents
Legal Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Open-Source License Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
About this Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Related Documentation and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
The r-Series Digital Microwave Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Basic Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pre-installation Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Link Engineering and Site Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Familiarization with the r-Series Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Shipping Box Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Initial Configuration and Back-to-Back Bench Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
RF Output Power Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Time Division Duplex (TDD) Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Link Orientation and Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radio Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Radio Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Synchronization Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Offset Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
When Sync is Lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Link Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
System Installation and Initiation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Record Keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mechanical Configuration and Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mounting the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Radio Ports and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connector Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Terminating the RF Connectors (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, EX-5r-c IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Injector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
CAT5 Lightning/Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Reset to Critical Factory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Antenna/Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Initial Antenna Mounting (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Transmission Line from Antenna to Radio (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP) . . . . 28
Indoor Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
RF Lightning Arrestor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
50000001
2008-05-09
iii
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Antenna Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Configuration and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Telnet into the Command Line Interface (CLI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Connect to the Radio in a Telnet Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Exalt Graphical User Interface (GUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Preparing to Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Make Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Log In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Login Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Navigating the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Summary Status Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Navigation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Radio Information Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Administration Settings Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SNMP v1/v2c/v3 Support Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
System Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Ethernet Interface Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
VLAN Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T1/E1 Configuration Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T1 Interface Configuration Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
E1 Interface Configuration Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T1/E1 Loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
File Transfer Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
File Activation Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
GPS Information Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Alarms Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Performance Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Event Log Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Diagnostic Charts Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Spectrum Analyzer Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reboot Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Manual Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Integrated Antenna Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX 5r-c IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Legacy Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
EX-4.9r System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
System Specifications, 5.3GHz Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
System Specifications, 5.4GHz Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
System Specifications, 5.8GHz Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Interface Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
TDM Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
iv
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
RSL & GPS Sync Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power/Ethernet Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Typical Indications of Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Improper RF Cable Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Multipath Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
RF Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Path Obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Misaligned Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Faulty Antenna (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Improper Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Insufficient Link Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Moisture in the Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Back-to-back Bench Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Basic Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Specification Performance Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
General Compliance and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Dynamic Frequency Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Safety Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Regulatory Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.9GHz Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
United States Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Federal Communications Commission (FCC), United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Canada Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Industry Canada (IC), Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Antennas Supported in Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Europe and ITU Country Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Regulatory Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Regulatory Domain Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
EIRP Limits for the United States and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
EX-4.9r EIRP for the USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
EX-5r Series EIRP for the US and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5250–5350 MHz Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5470–5725 MHz Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5725–5850 MHz Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
EIRP Limits for Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
EX-5r Series EIRP for Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5470–5725 MHz Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5725–5850 MHz Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
EIRP Limits for the European Union and ITU Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
EX-5r Series EIRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5250–5350 MHz band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5470–5725 MHz band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5725–5850 MHz band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Declaration of Conformity to the R&TTE Directive
v
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
1999/5/EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
EU WEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
EU RoHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Exalt Limited Hardware Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
RMA Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Copyright Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
vi
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
List of Figures
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure 11
Figure 12
Figure 13
Figure 14
Figure 15
Figure 16
Figure 17
Figure 18
Figure 19
Figure 20
Figure 21
Figure 22
Figure 23
Figure 24
Figure 25
Figure 26
Figure 27
Figure 28
Figure 29
Figure 30
Figure 31
Figure 32
Figure 33
Figure 34
Figure 35
Figure 36
Figure 37
Figure 38
Figure 39
Figure 40
Figure 41
Figure 42
Figure 43
vii
Exalt EX-5r (integrated antenna model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mounting and cabling—integrated antenna model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cabling and mounting—external antenna model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Synchronized GPS sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Radio installation tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Pole-mount example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
r-Series pole and wall mount (with azimuth and elevation adjustment) . . . . . . . . 20
EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP pole/wall mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
r-Series connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Power injector connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CLI main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Initiating the browser connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Browser Login screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Radio Information page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exalt GUI window description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Summary status information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Radio Information page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Administration Settings page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SNMP Configuration page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
System Configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Ethernet Interface Configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
VLAN Configuration page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T1 Interface Configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
External (remote) loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
External (local) loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Internal loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
File Transfer page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
File Transfer page—download file link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
File Activation page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
GPS Information page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Alarms page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Performance page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Event Log page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Diagnostic Charts page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Spectrum Analyzer page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Spectrum analyzer graph example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reboot page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Manual page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
r-Series connector orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
TDM connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RSL & GPS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power/Ethernet connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Basic back-to-back bench test configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
List of Tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9
Table 10
viii
Factory default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
LED indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Recommended transmission line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Default login information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Alarm status indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Supported antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Product Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Regulatory Domain Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
EU and ITU Country Specific EIRP Levels for EX-5r Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
About this Document
This manual provides a complete description of the r-Series Digital Microwave Radios and related
software. This manual provides planners, engineers, installers, system administrators, and technicians
general and specific information related to the planning, installation, operation, management, and
maintenance of these devices.
Revision History
Date
Products and Release code
2006-09-19
EX-5r & EX-5r-c v1.0.0
2007-02-19
EX-4.9r v1.0
2007-02-23
EX-5r and EX5r-c v2.0.0 (GPS, Sync, SNMP feature release)
2007-04-20
EX-4.9r v1.1 (AES feature release)
2007-07-27
EX-5r IP and EX5r-c IP v 2.1.0
EX-5r and EX-5r-c v2.1.0 (Regulatory Domain Key, Base License Key, and Dynamic Frequency
Selection feature releases)
2007-10-26
EX-5r, EX-5r-c, EX-5r IP and EX-5r-c IP v3.0 (Spectrum Analyzer, VLAN, Asymmetry, Legacy SNMP
and Enhanced Event Log feature releases)
2008-03-08
New chassis release.
2008-05-09
Updated contact information.
Icons
The following icons denote specific types of information:
Note: This symbol means take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to
materials not contained in the manual.
Warning! This warning symbol means there is a risk of electric shock. This situation that
could cause bodily injury. Before working on any equipment, be aware of the hazards
involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing
accidents.
Caution! This symbol means be careful. There is a risk of doing something that might
result in equipment damage or loss of data. This is a general warning, caution, or risk of
danger.
50000001
2008-05-09
1
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Introduction
Exalt Communications, Inc. thanks you for your purchase. Our goal is to build the highest quality,
highest reliability digital microwave radio products. This commitment to quality and reliability
extends to our employees and partners alike. We appreciate any comments on how we can improve our
products, as well as your sales and Customer Care experience.
Customer Care Hotline (USA):
(408) 871-9890
Toll-Free Customer Care Hotline (USA):
(877) EXALT-01 (392-5801)
Direct-Dial Telephone (USA):
(408) 871-1804
Website:
www.exaltcom.com
Sales e-mail:
sales@exaltcom.com
Customer Care e-mail:
support@exaltcom.com
Mailing Address:
Exalt Communications, Inc.
580 Division St.
Campbell, CA 95008
USA
Related Documentation and Software
This manual makes reference to other documentation and software files that may be necessary. To
access all documents and software mentioned in this manual visit:
http://login.exaltcom.com/
You must have a user account to view all downloads. Follow the online instructions to create a user
account and request access.
The r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
The r-Series Exalt Digital Microwave Radios are the most advanced carrier-class point-to-point
terrestrial radio communications devices operating in the 4940 to 4990MHz and 5250 to 5850MHz
frequency bands. The r-Series radios are available in the following configurations:
•
EX-4.9r, EX-5r, and EX-5r IP have integrated software selectable polarization antenna
•
EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP have external antenna connectors, which allows connection of
either one single- or dual-polarized antenna (with software selectable polarization)
Exalt Communications supports two physical forms of the r-Series radios:
•
Legacy model, which has custom weatherproof connectors; the r-c models have the RF connectors
on the front
•
Updated model, which has weatherproof connectors that accept standard RJ-45; the r-c models
have the RF connectors on the rear
In this guide, the term Legacy is used where necessary to differentiate the two forms.
The r-Series radios connect voice and/or digital data from one location to another, obviating the need
for copper or fiber connectivity, or enhancing existing connectivity by providing a redundancy
solution, a primary solution, and/or additional capacity. Figure 1shows the Exalt EX-5r digital
microwave radio.
2
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 1 Exalt EX-5r (integrated antenna model)
The r-Series radios require a clear line-of-sight and proper path clearance to achieve a highperformance, reliable connection. Perform professional path engineering and site planning before
installing this equipment.
The primary focus of this document is the installation and maintenance of the digital microwave radio,
and assumes that path engineering and site planning has already been performed. Please refer to the
Exalt document, Guidance for Engineering and Site Planning of Terrestrial Wireless Links, for
detailed information on these activities.
The EX-4.9r and EX-4.9r-c radios utilize radio frequencies in the 4940 to 4990MHz range, which is
typically a licensed band range reserved for use by Public Safety agencies and applications. This band
is not generally available outside North America.
The EX-5r, EX-5r IP, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP radios utilize radio frequencies in the 5250 to 5850
MHz range. In most countries these frequency bands are considered as ‘license-exempt’ or
‘unlicensed.’ This means that virtually any user may use these frequencies freely, without paying for
access, or any type of pre-notification, post-notification or registration. As a result of this designation,
users may also move or change these systems at any time, with significant flexibility to the location,
orientation and configuration of the system. However, due also to this designation, there may be
uncontrolled interference from other similar devices that occupy this spectrum. In these cases, it is up
to engineering and maintenance personnel to design the system with existing and future interference
sources in mind, recognizing that there is a chance that the interference conditions could be very
dynamic, and outages may occur on the system as a result, and that, in some very rare cases, the system
may cause interference into another system and may be required to be disengaged or modified/reoriented to eliminate the interference.
If the spectrum in your country is designated as ‘license-exempt’ or similar, this does not infer that the
installer may configure the system in any manner at any location. In most cases, there are regulations,
or device-based conditions that limit the use of the device, such as maximum gain antenna, antenna
types and maximum output power, as well as, in some cases, application limits, limited geography of
use, and other unique regulations. The link design engineer and/or professional installer must
determine these limitations and engineer/install the system within the confines of all local
regulations. Also, it is required to examine any regulations that may apply to peripheral equipment,
installation and cabling of the system that may be regulated for human safety, electrical code, airtraffic control, and other safety-related categories.
50000001
2008-05-09
3
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
In certain countries, the spectrum for this product is NOT considered to be license-exempt. In these
cases, there may be additional regulatory requirements concerning the location, frequency, power,
orientation, configuration, and other aspects of the system, including, in some cases, a need for link
registration, coordination, and fees that may apply to the system usage. Please consult your local
regulatory organization(s) to determine usage requirements.
In almost all cases, either for license-exempt or other designation, the product itself must be authorized
for use in your country. Either Exalt or Exalt’s agent must have applied for certification or
authorization to allow the sale and deployment of the system within the country. It is also possible that
only certain versions or configurations of the device are allowed within a particular country. Please
contact Exalt or your authorized Exalt representative for information pertaining to your country.
Note: It is the (professional) installer’s responsibility to ensure that the radio
system is implemented in a legal fashion. Exalt is not liable for any unsafe or
illegal installations.
Basic Features
The r-Series Digital Microwave Radios are intended for all-outdoor mounting and come with an
indoor-mounted power injector. In some cases, the radio can be mounted indoors or in an enclosure.
Depending on the configuration purchased, the associated antenna is either integrated as part of the
unit or connected separately.
For the integrated antenna model, the entire unit is typically mounted on a tower or rooftop mast
structure, with Ethernet/Power and other optional interface cables running from the unit location,
through a structure penetration, and to the power injector and connected communications equipment.
For the external antenna model, the unit is typically mounted very close to the external antenna to
minimize RF cabling and associated losses. Alternatively, the unit can be mounted at an easily
accessible location with longer RF cabling to the antenna. Proper lightning or surge suppression
devices and associated grounding are required for all connections.
Figure 2 Mounting and cabling—integrated antenna model
4
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 3 Cabling and mounting—external antenna model
For highest performance and reliability, it is advised to minimize the length of RF cable and associated
transmission system losses between the antenna and the radio’s antenna port.
The r-Series radios provide connections for a combination of the following data communication
interfaces:
•
10/100BaseT Ethernet
•
4xT1/E1 interfaces for synchronous voice traffic (except EX-5r IP and EX-5r-c IP)
The r-Series radios are powered by a combined Power/Ethernet cable, and associated power injector.
The power injector provides 48VDC to the unit.
The r-Series radios provide the following primary features and benefits:
•
Low-latency optimization and control for voice and data connections
•
Very high throughput and flexible interface configurations with voice+data combinations
•
Encryption for extreme wireless security
•
Easy-to-use management and configuration
•
Flexible utilized channel bandwidth
selection for interference avoidance and frequency coordination
•
Flexible center frequency tuning
for interference avoidance and frequency coordination
•
Flexible capacity to meet current connection requirements and future growth needs
•
Carrier-class reliability and performance
•
Connector covers (for covering and securing unused connectors) — Legacy models include a
safety ring
•
(Legacy models only) Safety ring and 3'/1m PoE cable
50000001
2008-05-09
5
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Pre-installation Tasks
This section describes the steps necessary to prepare a site for the installation of the Exalt Digital
Microwave Radio.
Link Engineering and Site Planning
Design all terrestrial wireless links prior to purchase and installation. Generally, professional wireless
engineering personnel are engaged to determine the viability and requirements for a well-engineered
link to meet the users’ needs for performance and reliability.
The reader is referred to the Exalt document, Guidance for Engineering and Site Planning of
Terrestrial Wireless Links and the ExaltCalc path calculator. This document and calculator aid in the
pre-planning and engineering required to determine following attributes:
•
Antenna type gain at each end of the link
•
Antenna mounting height/location for proper path clearance
•
Antenna polarization orientation
•
RF cabling type, length, connectors, route, and mounting
•
Antenna system grounding
•
Lightning arrestor type(s), location(s), and grounding
•
Radio mounting location and mechanisms
•
Radio grounding
•
Radio transmitter output power setting
•
Anticipated received signal level (RSL) at each end
•
Anticipated fade margin and availability performance at each end
•
Radio settings for TDD frame length and occupied bandwidth
•
Anticipated throughput performance (TDM circuit support and Ethernet)
•
Anticipated system latency
With respect to radio path and site planning, these radios are generally identical to other microwave
terrestrial wireless systems. Engineering of these systems requires specific knowledge about the
radios, including:
•
RF specifications (transmitter output power, receiver threshold, occupied channel bandwidth, and
carrier-to-interference to erance)
•
Regulatory limitations on transmitter output power setting and antenna type/gain
•
Noise/interference profile for the intended location
Familiarization with the r-Series Radios
The r-Series radios utilize time division duplex (TDD) radio transmission. This means that the
transmitted signal in both directions uses the same center frequency and transmits in one direction for
a period of time, and then in the opposite direction for another period of time. This total period of time
is referred to as the frame length or TDD frame length, and is further discussed in Time Division
Duplex (TDD) Factors.
6
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
The two radio terminals are identical hardware, except for the TDD setting in software. When the
radios are in their default state, both radios are configured as Radio B. One end of the link must be
configured as Radio A before the two ends of the radio system can communicate.
It can be considered that Radio A is the primary radio in the link. Radio A provides the master clock
and control to Radio B. For most applications, it is not important how the radio link is oriented, only
that one end is configured for Radio A and the other for Radio B. For some applications (such as,
multi-radio hub sites or repeaters), the orientation of the radio systems may be more critical. See Link
Orientation and Synchronization for details.
There are two ways to configure the radios for Radio A/B determination:
•
Use the Exalt browser-based graphical user interface (GUI) – preferred.
•
Connect to the radio using Telnet.
Exalt recommends using the Exalt GUI for radio configuration. This interface requires a computer
with an Ethernet port and web browser software, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or above. See
Configuration and Management for details on how to connect to and use the browser-based GUI
interface.
Shipping Box Contents
Unless purchased as a spare terminal, the radios are shipped as a complete hop (that is, a radio link pair
consisting of two terminals). An outer box has labeling that indicates the contents of the box, with the
part number and serial number details for both radio terminals.
Inside the outer box are two identical boxes, each of these boxes is also marked with the part number
and serial number of the individual terminal contained inside the box. The terminal box contains the
following items:
•
Radio terminal (configured as Radio B)
•
AC adapter
•
Power injector
•
Mounting kit (for pole or wall mounting)
•
Accessory kit
–
Grounding screw/washers
–
Connector covers with safety ring (for covering and securing unused connectors)
–
Weather-sealing tape (required for RF connectors on the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, or EX-5r-c IP)
–
RF connector cover (for the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, or EX-5r-c IP covering the unused RF
connector, where applicable)
–
RSL adapter cable
•
Registration card
•
Quick-start guide
•
3'/1m PoE cable (with safety ring)
Inspect the outer packaging and the contents of the boxes upon receipt. If you suspect any shipping
damage or issues with the contents, contact Exalt Customer Care.
50000001
2008-05-09
7
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Register your system as soon as possible. A 2-year Warranty period applies to
products registered within 90 days of purchase. The Warranty period is reduced to 1-year for
unregistered products and products registered after the first 90 days.
The radio terminal boxes contain a single pre-terminated PoE cable intended for bench testing and to
make the short connection between the radio and the PoE lightning arrestor near the radio. If running a
longer cable from the radio to the PoE lightning protector (such as at the egress point), use preterminated cables (sold separately). Pre-terminated cables are available in different lengths to meet a
variety of applicationss, and can also be used for the T1/E1 connections (where applicable).
Initial Configuration and Back-to-Back Bench Test
Every Exalt digital microwave radio goes through extensive quality testing and performance
evaluation over the full operating temperature range prior to shipment. However, before installation, it
is strongly advised to perform several tests and tasks that are much more difficult to perform once the
radio link endpoints are distant from one another. A back-to-back bench test and pre-configuration will
provide confidence that the radio link is operational and properly configured prior to installation, so
that if troubleshooting is necessary, the radio hardware and configuration settings are eliminated from
the troubleshooting process. Verify the following in the back-to-back testing:
•
Confirm that the radio system is generally operational
–
Radios power-up with planned power and wiring solutions
–
Regulatory Domain Key (RDK) entry successful
Note: Exalt radios with the RDK function are DISABLED when initially shipped. To
ENABLE the radio, a valid RDK must be entered on the Administration Settings Page page of
the Exalt GUI. The RDK references the unit's serial number and is provided based on the
country and/or region where the radio system will be deployed. The RDK is obtained through
your Exalt Authorized distributor or reseller.
–
RF link connects in both directions
–
Traffic passes across the link
Note: Some countries require Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) , which delays the
transmitter turn-on time during the initial Channel Availability Check period of 1 minute. In
accordance with these regulations, the radios boot up, and then wait for 1 minute before
linking.
8
–
Configure connected equipment and cabling
–
Test Ethernet (CAT5) cabling, and/or T1/E1 cabling, any auxiliary connector cabling and
configure all interfaces
–
Configure IP settings for configuration and management
–
Configure passwords and security modes
–
Become familiar with the configuration and management interfaces through the Exalt GUI
interface
–
Configure radio parameters
–
Set transmitter output power to engineered or allowed level (see RF Output Power Setting)
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
–
Set operating center frequency
–
Set link distance, occupied channel bandwidth, and frame length
Make detailed radio performance measurements
–
Measure transmitter output power
–
Measure receiver threshold performance
–
Confirm unfaded error-free performance
Some of these tasks may not be possible or practical within a bench test environment due to the nature
of the remote connectivity of peripheral equipment. However, it is good practice to perform as much as
possible in this environment to minimize field/installation time and troubleshooting efforts.
Detailed performance measurements are usually not required for pre-installation, but can be easily
performed at this stage and may be helpful for later troubleshooting efforts or for internal records.
During troubleshooting, there may often be a point at which a back-to-back bench test should be
performed to verify many or all of the above items, and in the case of a suspected faulty device, to help
confirm the fault and determine which end of the system is at fault and in need of repair or
replacement.
Note: See Back-to-back Bench Testing for detailed instructions.
RF Output Power Setting
The maximum RF output power is bounded by one of the following criteria:
•
Maximum RF output power setting capability of the radio device
•
Maximum RF output power allowed/authorized by the local government regulations and for this
specific device
•
Maximum effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP) of the transmission system allowed/
authorized by the local government regulations and for this specific device
•
Desired RSL to not exceed the maximum RSL allowed by the device
•
Desired RSL to minimize/eliminate interference into neighboring systems
Note: In many cases the radio must be pre-configured for legal maximum output power
before connecting to the antenna and transmission system. Instructions for adjusting the
output power can also be found at the rear of this guide in the EIRP section for your region.
Time Division Duplex (TDD) Factors
The r-Series radios are very dynamic, allowing the installer to optimize and control the performance of
the radio system for the intended application. The following parameters must be carefully determined
during the link engineering phase:
•
Link distance
•
Bandwidth
•
TDD frame size
•
Mode (modulation)
50000001
2008-05-09
9
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
The setting of the above parameters determines the following performance factors:
•
Number of supported T1/E1 channels (on applicable models)
•
Ethernet throughput
•
System latency (delay)
Use the ExaltCalc calculator to determine optimum settings for the above parameters to meet the
needs of your application.
The following generalizations can be made with regards to these factors:
•
The shorter the TDD frame size, the lower the latency
•
The shorter the link distance, the lower the latency, the higher the throughput
•
The longer the TDD frame size, the higher the throughput
•
The higher the bandwidth, the higher the capacity
•
The higher the mode, the higher the capacity
Note: Disable all T1/E1 ports if there are no T1/E1 interfaces connected. This shifts all available
throughput to the Ethernet interface.
Note: If a selected combination of the Link Distance, Frame Size, Bandwidth, and Mode
parameters cannot support all the desired T1 or E1 ports, the ports that cannot be supported are
automatically disabled. Priority is placed on the T1/E1 port number. That is, the first port to be
disabled, if necessary, is the highest port number, such as Port 4. See T1/E1 Configuration Pages
for more information.
Link Orientation and Synchronization
Link orientation refers to the Radio A and Radio B placement in your network. Link synchronization
refers to using external or internal timing to coordinate multiple links.
For every link, one end of the radio link must be configured as Radio A, while the other end is
configured as Radio B. In single-link systems, it does not matter which end of the system is mounted at
which end of the link, and there is typically no requirement for any link synchronization.
Link orientation and synchronization are more important for networks with site(s) where there is more
than one link of the same type or for sites using the same type of radio that are very close to each
another at one or both ends.
Configure collocated radio terminals for the same link orientation. That is, configure all radios at the
same location as Radio A or Radio B.
It can be advantageous to utilize link synchronization for collocated links. The radios allow the use of
an optional GPS synchronization kit. This synchronization controls the transmitter and receiver frame
timing so that collocated radios are transmitting at the same time and receiving at the same time. This
can substantially reduce the opportunity for self-interference. Without synchronization, collocated
radios may be transmitting and receiving at the same time, incurring near-end interference.
10
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: It is not always necessary to synchronize collocated radios. If antennas are substantially
separated or blocked from one another and/or frequency separation tuning is used, the
opportunity for near-end interference can be eliminated.
Note: When synchronization is required or desired, one GPS kit is required for each r-Series
radio link in the connected or collocated network.
Radio A/B Configuration
Use the Exalt GUI to configure the radio terminals for Radio A and Radio B orientation. Since many
other parameters also need to be set, and the Exalt GUI is needed for these configurations, this is the
best way to completely configure the radio terminals.
Radios arrive from manufacture in default configuration, orientated as Radio B and configured as
shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Factory default settings
Parameter
EX-5r, EX-5r IP, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP Settings
EX-4.9r and EX-4.9r-c Settings
Frequency
5788 MHz (5600 or 5785 MHz if the regulatory
domain does not allow 5788 MHz)
4965 MHz
Transmit Power
+4dBm
+4dBm
Link Distance
<10 miles
<10 miles
Bandwidth
8 MHz (10 MHz for some regulatory domains)
10 MHz
Mode
Mode 1
Mode 1
TDD Frame Size
2ms
2ms
Link Security Key
000000000000
000000000000
Administration Password
password
password
User Password
password
password
IP Address
10.0.0.1
10.0.0.1
IP Mask
255.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
IP Gateway
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Ethernet Interface
Alarm Enabled, 100/Full
Alarm Enabled, 100/Full
T1/E1 Enabling
All Disabled
All Disabled
50000001
2008-05-09
11
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: In many cases, the system design will not be identical to the factory default
configuration, and in some cases, these differences prohibit the installation of the radio. If at
all possible, obtain a computer and configure the radio terminals using the browser-based
GUI. See Exalt Graphical User Interface (GUI) for details.
Radio Reset
Use the reset function if the IP address and/or passwords are lost. Use the following steps to perform a
critical parameter reset:
1
Remove power from the radio by disconnecting the AC adapter from the power injector.
2
Hold down RESET button on the power injector while applying power.
Hold the RESET button down through the entire power cycle and monitor the DATA+POWER
left LED on the power injector. Release the RESET button only after the LED is in the steady state
(45 to 60 seconds).
3
Release the RESET button.
The following configurations are reset on the radio:
•
IP address = 10.0.0.1
•
IP mask = 255.0.0.0
•
IP gateway = 0.0.0.0
•
Administration password = password
•
User password = password
Radio Synchronization
The radio synchronization feature improves the performance of Exalt radios operating in the same
frequency band and that are collocated (such as in repeater and hub configurations). Radio
synchronization ties radio systems together to operate off of a common clock system, ensuring that all
radios simultaneously transmit and receive, and thus eliminating near-field interference issues and
related radio system coupling.
Note: The synchronization function is not currently available on all Exalt radio models. A
firmware upgrade may be required for models without sync if sync is desired. Contact your
Exalt representative for details.
Synchronization Modes
Synchronization can be accomplished using a GPS source. A Global Positioning System (GPS) kit
from Exalt is required to implement external source synchronization. GPS synchronization is not
available on all radio models. Contact your Exalt representative for details.
Synchronization implementation requires one synchronization source for each link.
Virtually any combination of hubs and repeater sites, star configurations, and/or backbones can be
implemented with synchronization. It is typically necessary or ideal in each configuration to match the
following parameters on every radio in the network:
•
12
Link Distance – Match to the longest distance link in the network.
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
Frame Length – Match to the lowest frame length to optimize total system latency (for example,
for TDM networks) or match to a highest frame length to optimize user throughput. Choose an
intermediate value to compromise between latency and throughput.
•
Mode – It is desirable, but not always necessary, to match the mode for all collocated links.
•
Bandwidth – It is desirable, but not always necessary, to match the bandwidth for all collocated
links.
For complex networks, an Exalt engineer should review multi-link networks before deployment as
several factors can optimize the network for desired performance.
Note: When GPS Sync is enabled, link initiation typically takes 1 to 3 minutes to allow for
the radio to properly synchronize to the available GPS satellites.
Figure 4illustrates two separate radios benefiting from synchronized GPS sources.
Figure 4 Synchronized GPS sources
Offset Timing
Manual control of offset timing is also allowed. This provides a means to delay the synchronization
signal using a user-defined offset. This is helpful when Exalt radios are near other devices operating in
the same frequency band that also use a timing source, such as GPS. The timing source to the Exalt
radios can be adjusted to match the other radio system timing source mechanism.
Offset timing can also optimize timing intervals for repeaters and backbones. As the distance of each
link results in a unique factor for speed-of-light transmission of the radio signal, a subsequent radio can
be delayed in timing so that the overall synchronization of radios is precisely maintained.
Offset timing can be adjusted in 1-ms intervals, from zero to the radio’s frame length setting. For
example, if using a 2-ms frame length, the offset timing can be set from zero up to 1999 ms.
50000001
2008-05-09
13
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Offset timing is not currently supported in all models. Consult your Exalt representative
for details.
When Sync is Lost
If the primary sync source (for example, the GPS source) signal is lost due to equipment failure, a
disconnected sync cable, loss of satellite link, or other condition, the radio is said to be flywheeling.
When flywheeling, the radio’s clock is free-running off internal clocking and is no longer
synchronized to any source. If the original sync source is restored to the flywheeling radio’s
configuration, it attempts to synchronize to this signal without causing transmission interruption.
When the flywheeling radio runs independently for long periods of time, the synchronization signal
may be too far outside the capture range of the synchronization loop, and portions of transmission
frames can be lost during this re-synchronization process. This condition is temporary and all
interconnected radios will re-synchronize to the sync source, as necessary.
If the flywheeling period is exceeded, the radio will stop transmitting. There is a setting for infinite
flywheeling; however, long periods of flywheeling can cause interference with collocated radios.
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)
VLAN segments information in a single connection and creates multiple separate connections to
secure information of one type or for one set of users from other information types or for other sets of
users. Exalt’s VLAN communications implementation adheres to the IEEE standard 802.1q.
In most cases, an Exalt radio acting as a Layer 2 bridge between two locations is only required to pass
traffic with VLAN tagging. Without additional configuration, all Exalt radios support frame sizes in
excess of 1900 bytes, which currently supports all defined VLAN packet sizes.
Note: If an application only requires the transparent passing of VLAN traffic, disable the VLAN
function.
Some situations require Exalt radios to act upon VLAN traffic and perform any or all of the following
functions:
•
Connect specific traffic, using VLAN tagging, to different purposes, such as management traffic to
the radio’s NMS system.
•
Allow only traffic with specifically assigned VLANs to pass across the link, blocking all other
VLANs or any non-VLAN traffic.
•
Allow management access only through a VLAN connection, leaving the main traffic transparent.
•
Allow management access without a VLAN connection, but flowing only specific VLAN traffic
across the link.
Note: Currently, not all Exalt radio models include VLAN configuration. For models with
VLAN configuration support, use the VLAN Configuration Page in the Exalt GUI.
Link Symmetry
The default configuration of r-Series radios provides 50/50 symmetrical throughput. The Tx/Rx
Throughput Ratio setting enables programming different symmetry for applications where
significantly higher throughput in one direction is anticipated such as for video broadcast, video
aggregation, or remote server/storage WANs.
14
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Exalt does not recommend placing two links with asymmetry back-to-back in a serial configuration
due to the TDD cycle of the radios. This configuration requires that one radio transmits in an
overlapping time period while another radio is receiving. Physical antenna isolation and/or frequency
channel spacing may accommodate this configuration. Asymmetry is, however, ideal for single-hop,
multi-link hub/spoke architectures, or simply single independent links.
Note: Asymmetry is only supported for a specific subset of system configurations that are
optimized for typical asymmetric applications.
Asymmetry is not currently supported in all r-Series radio models. Consult your Exalt
representative for details.
TDD frame sizes of 2ms and 5ms are supported. The 5ms configuration maximizes the aggregate
throughput of the radio for every situation. The 2ms configuration reduces latency to meet latencycritical applications, especially for multi-link and TDM circuit support. The following RF BW/mode
combinations are supported for these two configurations:
•
16MHz/Mode1
•
16MHz/Mode2
•
32MHz/Mode1
•
32MHz/Mode2
•
64MHz/Mode1 (64MHz requires a license key)
The following Tx/Rx ratios are supported for these two configurations:
•
65/35 and 35/65
•
80/20 and 20/80
For example, a radio configuration of 32MHz/Mode2 with a 5ms TDD frame size supports up to
110Mbps user capacity or 55Mbps full-duplex. By selecting 80/20 on one side of the link and 20/80 on
the other side, the radio allows up to 88Mbps in one direction, and 22Mbps in the opposite direction.
Note: GPS sync is supported with asymmetric settings, but in addition to the other
requirements for sync, all radios tied to sync must be set with matching ratios.
T1/E1 is supported with asymmetric settings. However, based on the BW/mode setting (and in some
cases, TDD frame size and distance), the direction with the limited throughput limits the number of T1
or E1 connections obtained. For example, the 16MHz/Mode1 setting typically supports up to 27Mbps
aggregate throughput. In the 80/20 ratio configuration, one direction is limited to 5.4Mbps, which is
less than 3xE1 and less than 4xT1. Since TDM connections must be symmetrical, this setting therefore
limits throughput to no more than 2xE1 or 3xT1.
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
The Exalt radios primarily use a browser-based graphical user interface (GUI) for radio configuration
and management, as described in Exalt Graphical User Interface (GUI). In addition, a command line
interface (CLI) is provided for serial and/or Telnet access, as described in Configuration and
Management. SNMP is often used for management of larger networks as described here. Use SNMP to
manage networked devices and execute the following functions:
•
GET: Obtain information from the device, such as a configuration setting or parameter.
•
SET: Change a configuration setting on the device.
50000001
2008-05-09
15
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
TRAP: The device proactively informs the management station of a change of state, usually used
for critical alarms or warnings.
Note: Currently the SNMP implementation does not support TRAP functions. For critical
alarms, use the GET command for specific alarm conditions.
One feature of the SNMP implementation is that system configuration changes do not take effect using
the SET command. Instead, groups of configuration settings can be preconfigured for global change,
and a single ‘Save’ (Commit) command implements all changes.
When some parameters are changed, a link may drop and/or management control lost. MIB files allow
many parameters to be set at once, allowing only a temporarily dropped link or management control
issue. The opposite end radio can be quickly reconfigured, with little downtime for the link and
management control. The save (Commit) command is similar to the Update button.
Dropped links or management control issues do not occur with every parameter change. Many
configuration changes do not impact traffic or management access.
Exalt radios utilize SNMPv3, a high security version of SNMP, to ensure secure access to and storing
of management data. The SNMPv3 security string matches the admin and user passwords. Passwords
must be eight characters or longer. Some models also have legacy SNMP support for customers
requiring SNMPv1 and/or SNMPv2.
Note: Currently not all Exalt radios implement SNMP. Check the software release notes to
verify that the function is available. Generally, the radio supports SNMP when MIB files are
listed on the File Activation Page.
16
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
System Installation and Initiation Process
The tasks required for radio installation and initiation are outlined in the following figure.
Transmission System Tasks
Radio Preparation Tasks
Path & Site
Analysis
Read This
Manual
Completely
Link Design
Pre-configure
Radios
Build Antenna
Structures &
Egress
Perform
Back-to-Back
Test
Mount
Antennas &
Transmission
Line
Install & Test
Network &
Power Wiring
Both Transmission
System & Radio
Preparation Tasks
Must Be Complete
Mount Radios
Connect
Transmission
Line
Connect
Power
Align
Antennas to
Planned RSL
Verify LEDs
for Good Link
Test Network
Connectivity
Connect &
Test Primary
Services
Test Network
Management
System
Figure 5 Radio installation tasks
50000001
2008-05-09
17
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Record Keeping
After installation, record the following items for ongoing maintenance and future troubleshooting.
Keep a record for each end of the radio link and store a copy of these records at the radio location, at
the opposite end radio location, and a central record storage location.
•
GPS coordinates for antenna locations at each site
•
Antenna heights above ground level (AGL), as mounted
•
Antenna model numbers, serial numbers, and specifications
•
Antenna polarization as mounted
•
Length/type of primary transmission lines at each site
•
Model number and serial number of RF lightning arrestors
•
Length/type of secondary transmission line(s)
•
Transmitter output power setting as installed at each site
•
RSL as measured after antenna alignment at each site
•
Designed RSL per original design at each site
•
RSL reading with far-end power off (from each end)
•
Spectrum analyzer plot with far end off at each site
•
Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)/return loss at radio’s antenna connector at each site
•
Radio’s network management IP address at each site
•
Radio’s network management gateway address at each site
•
Radio’s operating frequency, bandwidth setting, and mode of operation
•
Optionally purchased extended warranty and/or emergency service contract details
In addition, certain information may be desired for central record-keeping only:
•
Link security codes and log in passwords (stored in a secure place)
•
Photographs of complete installation
•
End-user sign-off/acceptance documentation (if any)
•
Photo of product identification label (part number, serial number, MAC address information)
•
Electronic copy of radio’s configuration file
•
Electronic copy of radio’s installed software
18
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Installation
This section presents all tasks required to install the Exalt Digital Microwave Radio.
Mechanical Configuration and Mounting
The r-Series radios are environmentally sealed units intended for deployment outdoors. The device
must be deployed within an ambient temperature range as specified, and with non-restrictive airflow
around the chassis. The EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP can also be mounted in an enclosure or
indoors. The same airflow and temperature conditions apply. All r-Series models can be mounted
behind a window if window losses are considered in the link budget calculation.
Note: The power injector and power supply must be placed indoors or in an enclosure.
Provide proper clearance for all cables and connectors attached to the device.
Note that for the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP the RF cable connector may require significant
clearance for the bend radius of the coaxial cable assembly. All RF connectors, cables, and adapters
must be rated for operation within the radio’s frequency range. RF connector losses must be accounted
for within the link engineering design and output power settings.
Note: There are two RF connectors on the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP which
facilitate connection to a cross-polarized antenna for polarization diversity. Seal the
secondary connector when using a single-polarized antenna. Use the N-type cover cap and
weather-seal tape included in the accessory kit to weatherproof this connector.
Mounting the System
Use the mounting system supplied with each terminal for wall or pole mounting (Figure 6). The pole
mounting kit can accommodate a pole 2–5"/5–13cm in diameter. Install the mounting system first, and
then affix the radio to the mount. The radio can also be affixed to the mount, and the entire assembly
(including radio) mounted.
Figure 6 Pole-mount example
Figure 7 illustrates the pole/wall mount assembly, showing the azimuth and elevation adjustment
points.
50000001
2008-05-09
19
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 7 r-Series pole and wall mount (with azimuth and elevation adjustment)
Figure 8 illustrates the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP pole/wall mount assembly.
Figure 8 EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP pole/wall mount
For the integrated antenna model, it is critical to mount the entire device at the predetermined location
for proper path clearance to the link end. Ensure that there is adequate space around the mounting
system and the radio to allow for antenna alignment for both azimuth and elevation adjustments.
Note: Mount the EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP as close as possible to the antenna to
minimize the length and associated losses of RF cabling.
Radio Ports and Indicators
This section provides a brief overview of the connectors, controls, and indicators on the device. Details
about each item are in other sections of this document. Figure 9 shows the connectors on the r-Series
radios.
20
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 9 r-Series connectors
Connector Overview
The primary user interfaces are shown in Figure 9. Table 2 provides details of the connectors. Detailed
pin structures for each connector are in Interface Connections.
Table 2 Connectors
Connector
Description
GPS/RSL
(1) Connection to (optional) external GPS antenna for network synchronization.
(2) Antenna alignment RSL voltage (during installation)
TDM 2&4
Ports for up to two user T1 or E1 circuits to traverse link, port numbers 2 and 4.
TDM 1&3
Ports for up to two user T1 or E1 circuits to traverse link, port numbers 1 and 3.
Power/Ethernet
Connected cables traverse to the power injector (Data+Power side), and provide the following
functions:
(Ground)
•
Primary ports for user Ethernet data (10BaseT or 100BaseT) to traverse link
•
DC power from power injector
Threaded (M5) receptacle.
Use a connector cover on all unused connectors for weatherproofing. The connector covers
are included in the accessory kit. Use a safety ring on each connector to secure the connector
covers.
LED Indicators
Table 3 provides details of the LED indicators on the r-Series radios. Note that there are two LEDs,
labeled top and bottom, associated with each connector. See Alarms Page for information on how the
Exalt GUI displays LED status.
50000001
2008-05-09
21
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table 3 LED indicators
Location
Type
Function
TDM 2&4
Green LED
Solid when T1 clocking is present for input #2.
TDM 2&4
Bottom
Green LED
Solid when T1 clocking is present for input #4.
TDM 1&3
Green LED
Solid when T1 clocking is present for input #1.
TDM 1&3
Bottom
Green LED
Solid when T1 clocking is present for input #3.
GPS/RSL
Green LED
Solid when valid GPS connection is detected.
GPS/RSL
Bottom
Green LED
Unused.
Power/Ethernet
Green LED
Solid when proper power is applied.
Power/Ethernet
Bottom
Green LED
(Future implementation)
Green LED
Solid when no alarm conditions are present.
Power Injector
DATA+POWER
Flashing when in alarm condition.
While RESET button is pressed:
Solid when in major alarm condition (traffic affecting).
Flashing when in minor alarm condition (not traffic affecting).
Off when no alarm conditions are present.
DATA+POWER
Right
Green LED
Solid when proper power is applied.
RESET Button
There is only one external control on the r-Series radios system, a button labeled “RESET” which is
located on the Power Injector. This button performs two functions: critical system parameter reset and
summary alarm information.
Use the reset function if the IP address and/or passwords are lost. Use the following steps to perform a
critical parameter reset:
1
Remove power from the radio by disconnecting the AC adapter from the power injector.
2
Hold down RESET button on the power injector while applying power.
Hold the RESET button down through the whole power cycle and monitor the DATA+POWER
left LED on the power injector. Release the RESET button only after the LED is in the steady state
(1 to 3 minutes, depending on firmware installed).
3
Release the RESET button.
The following configurations are reset on the radio:
•
IP address = 10.0.0.1
•
IP mask = 255.0.0.0
•
IP gateway = 0.0.0.0
•
Administration password = password
22
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
User password = password
A flashing left DATA+POWER LED on the power injector indicates that alarm conditions exist on the
radio. To access summary alarm information during normal operation, press and hold the RESET
button. The following is status for the left the DATA+POWER LED while holding the RESET:
•
Solid on is a link alarm (link is down or errored)
•
Flashing indicates a minor alarm (does not affect traffic)
Power
The radio requires a DC power source within specifications. DC can be provided from a DC battery
source, central lab/rack supply, or from the supplied AC adapter.
Note: Read this section completely before applying power.
Terminating the RF Connectors (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, EX-5r-c IP)
Before applying power, the RF connectors must be properly terminated into a 50-Ohm load. If this is
not performed, the radio may be damaged by simply applying power. Also, there are human safety
factors to consider regarding potentially harmful RF radiation.
The following lists a few simple ways to achieve proper termination:
•
Connect a 50-Ohm coaxial termination device to the RF port of the radio. The termination must be
rated to 1W (or more). Example(s) include:
–
Broadwave Technologies P/N 552-200-002, or similar
•
Connect the complete transmission system. That is, the RF cabling including the antenna. The
cabled antenna provides a proper termination for the RF output.
•
Connect a fixed (or a series of fixed) 50-Ohm attenuator(s) to the RF connector, either directly or
at the end of an RF transmission line. The attenuator must be at least 30dB as specified at the
operating frequency (~4950 MHz for the EX-4.9r-c; ~5700 MHz for the EX-5r-c and EX-5r-c IP)
and rated for a minimum of 1W input power. Examples include:
–
Broadwave Technologies P/N 352-103-xxx
–
Bird 2-A-MFN-xx
–
JFW Industries 50FP-xxx-H6-N
Cover any unused connector with the connector cap and apply the weather-seal tape. Both cap and tape
are included in the accessory kit.
AC Power
The AC adapter easily connects to the power injector. Refer to the input voltage requirements stated on
the label affixed to the adapter to ensure that the adapter can be used with the AC mains supply.
The AC plug outlet provided with the adapter may need to be replaced to match the country
configuration. The adapter cable uses a standard connector for this cable for use of a pre-wired cable
appropriate to the outlet configuration. If the appropriate cable is not available, the existing AC plug
end can be severed and a replacement plug affixed. Consult a qualified electrician for this activity.
50000001
2008-05-09
23
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Do not plug the adapter into the mains power. First, verify that the RF connector is properly terminated
(see Power), and then plug in the radio-side connector from the AC adapter to the radio. If the AC
mains can be turned off using a switch, disable the power, plug the AC side of the adapter into the AC
mains socket, and then enable power to the circuit. If the AC mains cannot be turned off, plug in to the
AC main socket to apply power.
Verify that the radio is active by observing LED activity on the injector and radio. All LEDs on the
radio flash at initial power cycle.
Exalt strongly recommends that the AC mains supply be fused or on a separate breaker to ensure
against over-voltage and/or over-current situations and to provide some form of protection to the radio
electronics and other devices connected to the same supply. In addition, if the AC power is subject to
significant spikes or variation, power conditioning is a worthwhile investment, as the quality of mains
power may have a direct impact on the device operation, performance and/or reliability. An
Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS) or other form of battery-backed system protects against brownout and black-out conditions, and condition the power presented to the adapter.
Evaluate the opportunity for lightning or other similar surges to be present on the powering system,
including the ability for surges to couple to the power wiring system. If an evaluation indicates that
there is a potential likelihood for these conditions to occur, additional surge protection is
recommended for the input power wiring, especially to protect the radio electronics between the
adapter and the radio’s DC input connector.
The above statement is similarly true for every wired connection to the device. While the configuration
for surge suppression or line conditioning is of a different type for each kind of signal interface, the
opportunity for damage to the device, loss of communications and property is significant. In some
cases, there can also be a risk to human life by not protecting against lightning entering a building
through wiring or improper grounding. If you do not have experience in this type of installation
practice, consult a qualified electrician and/or telecoms professional during the installation and wiring
of the equipment.
Power Injector
The r-Series radios use a power injector to send DC power to the radio over the CAT5 cable, and
including the Ethernet connections. Figure 10 shows the power injector connectors that connect the
AC adapter (included with the system) and the radio.
Figure 10 Power injector connectors
•
Connect the network Ethernet connection to the DATA connection of the power injector.
•
Connect the cable for the radio to the DATA+POWER connection of the power injector.
24
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
Ground the power injector using the grounding receptacle. The injector can also be mount wall
using the bottom panel brackets.
CAT5 Lightning/Surge Protection
To provide for human safety and for the safety of connected network equipment, it is highly
recommended to place a weatherproof lightning suppression device at the egress point where the
CAT5 cable(s) enter the building, shelter, or cabinet.
To protect the radio equipment, install a weatherproof lightning suppression device near the radio for
all connected CAT5 cables.
For the Power/Ethernet cable, specific voltage requirements must be met. The following devices are
the only devices currently recommended:
•
Transtector ALPU-EXLT
•
Transtector ALPU-90v
•
Transtector ALPU-ALVR
Generally, use the short CAT5 cable supplied with each radio for the short connection between the
radio and the first arrestor. Use bulk outdoor-rated CAT5 cable for the longer run between arrestors,
and indoor- or outdoor-rated cable with a standard CAT5 termination for the connection from the
egress arrestor and power injector.
If the radio arrestor is deleted from the design, Exalt resellers can supply a longer cable with the proper
weatherproof connector for the connection from the radio to the egress arrestor.
Apply this same method for the TDM connections. There are no special requirements for lightning
arrestors. Vendors, such as Transtector and Polyphaser, offer single and multiple TDM weatherproof
arrestors. Note that each connector on the radio can carry up to 2 TDM (Time Division Multiplexing)
connections.
Note: For legacy models only, all CAT5 cables must be purchased from an Exalt authorized
dealer. This is due to the use of a custom weatherproof connector.
For standard models, use only outdoor-rated UV-resistant CAT5 cable. This cable must have
an outer diameter between 0.25"/6.35 mm and 0.31"/7.87mm. Belden 1300A is
recommended. Securely hand-tighten all connectors on the ODU to ensure a weatherproof
seal.
Reset to Critical Factory Settings
If necessary, the radio terminal may be reset to critical factory settings. This may be necessary if the IP
address and/or passwords for the system are not known. All other configurations are left at their
current settings. If a complete default factory configuration is desired, load the Default Configuration
File into the system, as described in System Configuration Page.
The following parameters are configured after a reset to critical factory settings:
•
IP Address = 10.0.0.1
•
IP Mask = 255.0.0.0
•
IP Gateway = 0.0.0.0
•
Administration password = password
50000001
2008-05-09
25
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
User password = password
Antenna/Transmission System
This section provides guidance to mounting and connecting the RF transmission system, which
consists of the antenna, RF cabling, and RF lightning arrestors. Consult the manufacturer’s instructions
for proper mounting, grounding, and wiring of these devices, and for definitive direction. These
manufacturer’s instructions supersede any information in this section. See Table 7 for a list of
supported antennas.
Initial Antenna Mounting (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP)
The antenna must be an exact model recommended by the path and site planning engineer(s). Mount
the antenna at the proper height, mast/mounting location and polarization orientation as determined by
the path and site planning engineer(s). The model type, location, and orientation of the antenna is
critical with respect to achieving proper path clearance, as well as to mitigate external or selfinterference from nearby or collocated systems operating in or near the same frequency band.
Warning! Mount the antenna in a restricted area and in a manner preventing long-term
human exposure to the transmitted RF energy. To comply with FCC and Industry Canada
regulations, the minimum safe distance from the antenna for continuous human exposure is
10'/3m.
The antenna structure must be secure and safe with respect to the mounting of the antenna,
transmission system weight, radio housing, and the combined weight of any personnel that may climb
or attach to the structure.
The combined weight of items and forces on the structure must be carefully considered in the design
and construction of the structure. This must include the weight bearing on the structure in the highest
wind conditions possible in the region, and with respect to all objects affixed to the structure.
If additional objects are affixed to the structure in the future, it may be important to evaluate both the
mechanical impact of these planned additions (with respect to wind and weight loading), as well as the
potential impact to RF interference and frequency coordination (if additional radio equipment is
anticipated). This is especially important if future equipment is likely to operate within the same
frequency band.
Once the antenna is mounted, cabled, and aligned, your goal is to never require modification. This
prior planning is important in the path and site planning stages and in construction of the antenna
structure.
Follow the antenna manufacturer’s instructions for mechanical mounting of the antenna. Ensure that
there is enough room around the antenna for alignment activities (moving the antenna in vertical and
horizontal arcs), and for the RF transmission line to connect to the antenna connector unobstructed and
within the specified bend radius requirements of the transmission line.
At this point, the antenna mounts should be fully secure to the structure, the feed of the antenna
securely mounted to the antenna (if the feed is a separate assembly), and the azimuth and elevation
adjustments not completely tightened in preparation of the antenna alignment activity. It is a good
practice to connect the transmission line to the antenna connector as early in the process as possible, to
reduce the opportunity for debris or moisture to enter either the antenna connector or the transmission
line connector. Use a connector cover or other temporary measures to ensure that the connector is kept
clear. Take extra care if the antenna is installed during inclement weather to ensure that no moisture
gets inside the antenna connector at any time.
26
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Now the antenna can be aimed in the general direction required for the link. Use a compass, a
reference bearing, binoculars or any other similar device to point the antenna in the direction
(generally) of the far end radio, and then slightly tighten the azimuth and elevation adjustments so that
the antenna maintains its general position and is safe to be left without additional securing. Refer to the
Exalt white paper, Antenna Alignment, for more information on antenna alignment techniques.
Transmission Line from Antenna to Radio (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and
EX-5r-c IP)
Most installations use a very short length of coaxial transmission line for the connection between the
antenna and the radio device. Coaxial transmission line can either have a solid or braided shield. Solidshield cables are more resistant to external signal coupling and interference, but are generally stiffer
than braided cables. Consult the path or site engineer(s) to ensure that the proper materials are chosen
for the installation and that all factors were considered.
Generally, the larger the diameter of the transmission line, the lower the loss. So for longer runs of
transmission line, larger diameter cables are highly advised. However, at every frequency, there is a
maximum diameter cable that supports the operating frequency. Verify the specifications. This should
is determined in the path and site planning process.
Table 4 lists representative samples of transmission line types recommended for the Exalt Digital
Microwave Radio.
Table 4 Recommended transmission line
Manufacturer
Type
Description
Loss at 4.9GHz
Loss at 5.3GHz
Loss at 5.8GHz
Andrew
LDF4-50
1/2-inch solid shield
5.6dB/100'
5.7dB/100'
6.0dB/100'
Andrew
LDF4.5-50
5/8-inch solid shield
4.3dB/100'
4.4dB/100'
4.7dB/100'
Times
LMR-600
1/2-inch braided shield
6.8dB/100'
6.9dB/100'
7.3dB/100'
Times
LMR-900
5/8-inch braided shield
4.5dB/100'
4.6dB/100'
4.9dB/100'
RFS
LCF12-50J
1/2-inch solid shield
5.5dB/100'
5.6dB/100'
5.9dB/100'
RFS
LCF12-58J
5/8-inch solid shield
4.4dB/100'
4.5dB/100'
4.8dB/100'
It is critical that the transmission line and antenna be capable of supporting the same type of connector,
or easily adapted. It can be important to minimize the number of connectors and adapters, and it is
ideal that they match directly without adaptation. In most cases, transmission line allows for N-type
male connectors and antennas have N-type female connectors.
If possible, connect the primary transmission line directly to the antenna. It is desired to have the
fewest possible pieces of transmission line in the system, to minimize losses and points of failure from
connectors. The antenna can typically accommodate a direct connection if planned in advance. Use a
90º adapter for the connection to the antenna, if necessary, but confirm that all connectors and
transmission lines are properly specified for the operating frequency with minimum loss, proper
impedance (50 Ohm) and proper VSWR characteristics.
Transmission line connector termination is a critical element of the installation. Many ‘factory built’
RF transmission lines do not provide the proper characteristics for proper transmission, despite their
published specifications, often due to the fully or semi-automated process of factory termination,
which may not have considered the frequency of your system. When buying pre-terminated
transmission line, it is strongly advised to obtain the documentation of test measurements on the
50000001
2008-05-09
27
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
connected transmission line showing that the loss characteristics and VSWR are within the specified
limits specifically at your operating frequency. In addition to factory-built transmission line, selfterminated transmission line can suffer the same issues.
Caution: Always follow the manufacturer’s termination process EXACTLY, and only use the
manufacturer’s authorized tools and connectors for a given transmission line type.
The manufacturers of transmission line typically offer instruction and certification for transmission
line termination, and may also provide videos illustrating the process. There is no amount of extra care,
education, precision, and effort that can be overstated for this process.
There is often a need for a small excess of transmission line near the antenna to accommodate both the
need for extra slack as the antenna is loosened and moved for the alignment process, and to
accommodate a drip loop for the transmission line and the initial transmission line securing hardware
and grounding near the antenna. In addition, the transmission line is typically very stiff, and can
provide undue pulling force on the antenna or radio connector. Take care to align the cable with the
connector so that it does not provide any torque or strain on the connector.
Consult your transmission line manufacturer for the proper transportation, hoisting, securing, and
grounding process. Always be very mindful of the entire length of transmission line to ensure that the
transmission line is never twisted, kinked, or over-bent beyond the specified bend radius. Once a
transmission line is over-bent or kinked, it will likely never recover its specified characteristics, even
after straightening, and will often be completely unusable.
The opposite end of this primary transmission line typically terminates at the radio connector. If using
a long transmission line (in excess of 3'/1m), an RF lightning arrestor is recommended to protect the
radio equipment.
As soon as practical, weatherproof the connected ends of the transmission line to the antenna and
lightning arrestor and radio. This process should be delayed as long as possible to ensure that all
systems are working properly before applying the weatherproofing. Once weatherproofing is applied,
it may have to be removed for testing or installation modification. With this in mind, if the installation
is occurring during inclement weather, take extra care at all times to ensure that no moisture enters any
connector at any time. If moisture is suspected to have compromised the antenna or transmission line,
it may render those devices useless without any means for remedy except for full replacement.
Cap and weatherproof the second antenna connector on the radio if using a single-polarity antenna.
Indoor Mounting
On rare occasions the antenna can be mounted indoors behind a window. In these cases, there would
not be a need for drip loops or an RF lightning arrestor. Use a very short transmission line connected
directly between the antenna and the radio mounted nearby. The weatherproofing process can also be
omitted.
RF Lightning Arrestor
RF lightning arrestors provide a direct path to ground for lightning strikes that may couple to or
directly hit the outdoor transmission system or antenna structure. The RF lightning arrestor prevents
any associated voltage and current from entering the radio equipment, other equipment, or humans.
The following lightning arrestors are examples of proper devices for Exalt Digital Microwave Radios:
•
28
Polyphaser AL-LSXM
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
Andrew BB-BNFNFE-26
Mount and ground the RF lightning arrestor in accordance to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Place it as close as possible to the radio equipment. Minimize the distance to the radio to lessen the
opportunity for lightning to couple to or strike the unprotected section of transmission line (if any).
Consult a qualified electrician or installer in all cases of grounding and lightning arrestor
implementation.
Antenna Alignment
Antennas must be installed at both ends of the planned link to commence precision alignment. Refer to
the Exalt white paper, Antenna Alignment. The r-Series radios have an integrated antenna.
Antennas are typically aligned using the radio hardware for precise alignment. However, there are
many very useful tools available to aid in this process, inclusive of devices specifically designed for
the purpose of aligning antennas. Some examples are:
•
XL Microwave Path Align-R
•
Teletronics 17-402
Use of these devices may be extremely advantageous as compared to using the radio, because they
employ many unique facilities to aid in this process. Using these tools also makes it possible to align
the antennas before the radio equipment is delivered. However, many installers successfully use the
radios as the means for antenna alignment.
The following are the primary facilities when using the radio to align the antenna:
•
RSL voltage connection using a volt meter (recommended)
Insert the included adapter into the GPS connector on the radio housing and the opposite end
connected to a volt meter.
The RSL test point DC voltage is inversely proportional and numerically calibrated to the received
signal level. The voltage rises as the antennas are less in alignment, and falls as antennas are more
in alignment. The voltage measurement corresponds to the received signal level in measurements
of dBm (a negative number for RSL measurements). For example, an RSL of -60dBm yields an
RSL voltage measurement of 0.60VDC; an RSL of –45dBm measures 0.45VDC.
•
Audio alignment buzzer
Enable the audio alignment buzzer through the Exalt GUI. When enabled, the radio enclosure
emits a sound. The pitch rises when higher (better) levels of RSL are achieved. Align the antennas
until the highest pitch is accomplished. The tone is continuous when the two ends of the radio
system are in communication. Otherwise, the buzzer beeps.
•
Exalt GUI RSL reading indicates the current RSL in dBm.
Note: There is a slight delay in RSL readings in the GUI as the RSL levels change. In this
case, fine alignment can be done in small adjustments allowing a small gap of time so that the
impact of the adjustment on the GUI display catches up to real time.
Note: Only use the browser-based GUI for antenna alignment if there are no other means
available. If this method is required, refer to Exalt Graphical User Interface (GUI). The RSL
reading can be read on a PC or any handheld computing device that supports an HTML
browser and Ethernet connectivity.
50000001
2008-05-09
29
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Configuration and Management
This section describes the command line interface (CLI) and Exalt graphical user interface (GUI).
Telnet into the Command Line Interface (CLI)
Use a Telnet connection to access the CLI in the Exalt Digital Microwave Radios. Use the CLI to set
key parameters on the system.
Connect to the Radio in a Telnet Session
Make the Telnet connection to the radio through the Ethernet port. Use Windows and perform the
following steps:
1
Open a command prompt or MS-DOS prompt (Start>Run).
2
Type C:\>Telnet <IP Address> at the command line:
The default IP address is 10.0.0.1
Note: The accessing computer must be on the same IP subnet as the radio.
Telnet
Use Telnet when prompted to enter the administration level login and password. The default
administration login is admin and password is password. It is recommended that the default
administration password be reset by performing a radio reset (see Reset to Critical Factory Settings).
Figure 11 shows the three menu choices available after log in.
Figure 11 CLI main menu
Select 1 or 2 to display the Configuration or Status menus, respectively. Select 3 to exit the session.
The following selections can be made on all screens:
•
0 = back to previous screen
•
9 = help
•
Ctrl+\ (control and backslash keys) = exit session
Exalt Graphical User Interface (GUI)
The Exalt GUI is the primary user interface for configuring and troubleshooting the radio and radio
system. A computer or hand-held device with a conventional HTML browser and Ethernet port is
required. Microsoft Internet Explorer is the preferred browser. Netscape, Mozilla, and Firefox are also
supported.
30
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Preparing to Connect
If the radios are new, both radios are preconfigured as Radio B, and have the same IP address. The
initial priority is to configure one radio to Radio A and assign different IP addresses, unique to each
radio. There are two ways to change the IP address:
1
Reset the radio to the critical default factory settings (see Radio Reset).
2
Connect to the GUI using the default IP address (10.0.0.1), and change the IP address through the
GUI interface.
Note: To connect to the radio’s Ethernet port and use the GUI interface, the accessing
computer must match the radio’s IP address subnet. It is therefore necessary to either change
the radio’s IP address through the CLI to match the subnet of the computer, or change the
computer’s IP address to match the subnet of the radio (such as, a computer IP address of
10.0.0.10 if trying to connect to a radio set to the factory default IP address of 10.0.0.1).
To configure a radio as Radio A, connect to the GUI and change the configuration, as discussed in this
section.
Make Connections
It is recommended that one radio at a time be configured, on a bench, before taking the radios to the
field for installation:
•
(EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP only) Terminate the RF connector with a 50-Ohm
termination or a fixed attenuator of at least 20dB (see Power).
Note: Do not connect the radios in a back-to-back configuration. If the radios are set to their
factory default settings, both radios are configured as Radio B and cannot communicate. Both
radios also have the same IP address, which causes IP address conflicts
Note: The IP address subnet of the accessing computer must match the radio’s IP address
subnet to connect using Ethernet.
Once connected to the radio using Ethernet, log in to the Exalt GUI.
Log In
Use the following steps to log in to the Exalt GUI.
1
Open a browser window.
Microsoft Internet Explorer is the recommended browser. Netscape, Mozilla, and Firefox are also
supported. If there are issues with your browser, please report it to Exalt Customer Care. You may
be required to use a different browser to immediately overcome issues.
2
Type the IP address of the radio in the address bar.
50000001
2008-05-09
31
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 12 Initiating the browser connection
The following window displays after pressing the Enter key or clicking the Go button in the
browser window.
Figure 13 Browser Login screen
Login Privileges
There are two levels of login privileges:
•
Administrator (admin) – assigned complete permissions to view, edit, and configure
•
User (user) – assigned limited, view-only permissions with no edit or configuration rights
The default login names and passwords are as follows:
Table 5 Default login information
Privilege level
User name
Default password
Administrator
admin
password
User
user
password
Administrator login credentials are required for configuration purposes. Type the user name and
passwords for Administrator level and click OK. The following screen displays.
32
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 14 Radio Information page
Quick Start
To establish a link on the bench, apply the following basic configurations to the radio terminal. Use the
steps in the Quick Start Guide included with the radio. A summary of the items that need to be
configured are:
•
•
•
Radio IP address for each end.
–
Each end must have a different IP address and cannot match the accessing computer’s IP
address or any address assigned if radios are part of a larger network.
–
It may be required to change the IP address of the accessing computer after changing the IP
address of the radio so that the IP subnet matches.
–
The radio IP address is listed on the Administration Settings Page.
Install the Regulatory Domain Key (RDK) for RDK-enabled radios only.
–
The radio is non-functional without the RDK.
–
RDK is entered on the Administration Settings page.
–
RDK references the unit’s serial number and the country/region where the radio will be
deployed.
–
RDK is obtained through your Exalt Authorized reseller or distributor.
Set one radio as Radio A.
–
The radio selected as Radio A must be configured.
–
Radio A/B selection is the Endpoint Identifier parameter on the System Configuration Page.
–
Even though both radios are set as Radio B by default, confirm this configuration on the radio
intended to be Radio B.
50000001
2008-05-09
33
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
If all other parameters are still configured at their factory default settings, the radios can now be
connected back-to-back to verify that the link is communicating and perform any other desired tests.
See Back-to-back Bench Testing for test information.
Navigating the GUI describes each page of the GUI. Most configuration parameter settings are
intuitive. The following link parameters must match at both ends for the link to communicate:
•
Link Security Key (Administration Settings Page)
•
Bandwidth (System Configuration Page)
•
RF Frequency (System Configuration page)
•
Link Distance (System Configuration page)
•
TDD Frame Size (System Configuration page)
Note: Changing any of these parameters causes a temporary loss of link. The GUI displays a
warning and provides an opportunity to cancel changes.
Navigating the GUI
The GUI provides the primary interface for all configuration and management. There are three sections
of the main GUI window:
•
Summary status information section (upper-left corner)
•
Navigation panel
•
Main window
SUMMARY STATUS
NAVIGATION PANE
MAIN WINDOW
Figure 15 Exalt GUI window description
Summary Status Section
This section of the Exalt GUI provides a review of the system status.
In the screens in Figure 15, the top bar illustrates the alarm condition of the link. The information
inside the bar is equivalent to the entry of the Link Name set by the administrator in the Administration
Settings Page.
34
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
The color of the panel indicates alarm status:
•
Green indicates the system is communicating and all functions are normal
•
Yellow indicates a minor non-traffic affecting alarm condition
•
Red indicates a major traffic affecting alarm condition
The left panel summarizes the alarm conditions of the local radio (the radio that matches the IP
address). The information displayed is the IP address and the endpoint identifier (Radio A or Radio B).
The right panel summarizes the alarm conditions of the remote radio (the radio linked to the local
radio).
Note: The ‘local’ radio might be the near-end or the far-end radio, depending on
the management interface connection. The terms local and remote refer to the orientation of
the radio terminals relative to the IP address you are managing. When making certain changes
to a near-end radio without first making changes to the far-end radio, the link may become
disconnected unless configuration changes are reverted to their original settings. When
making changes that may disrupt the link, always change the far-end radio first, and
then the near-end radio to match.
The Summary Status Section allows the Exalt GUI to be a rudimentary management system. Minimize
the browser window to display just the top bar or the top bar and radio information, and open several
browsers on the desktop. When a window status changes to yellow or red, you can quickly maximize
that window to determine the issues.
Figure 16 Summary status information
Navigation Panel
In the navigation panel, pages with sub-pages have a plus (+) to the left of the page link. Click the plus
sign or page name title to view sub-page titles. The pages can be collapsed to hide the sub-pages when
a minus (–) sign appears to the left of the page link.
Management pages are indicated with an X to the left of the page name. Click the X or page name to
display the page within the main window.
50000001
2008-05-09
35
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: The ‘local’ radio might be the near-end or the far-end radio, depending on the
management interface connection. The terms local and remote refer to the orientation of the
radio terminals relative to the IP address you are managing. When making certain changes to
a near-end radio without first making changes to the far-end radio, the link may become
disconnected unless configuration changes are reverted to their original settings. When
making changes that may disrupt the link, always change the far-end radio first, and
then the near-end radio to match.
36
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Radio Information Page
This page provides general information about the local radio terminal. This information is helpful for
troubleshooting and for record keeping.
Figure 17 Radio Information page
50000001
2008-05-09
37
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Administration Settings Page
This page allows contains general parameters for the radio system. The Current Value column lists
entries actual settings. Desired changes are entered in the New Value column.
After all desired changes are entered, click the Update button to accept and enable changes.
Figure 18 Administration Settings page
Most entries on this page are self-explanatory. The following lists unique or important parameters.
•
Fill in the date and time fields as soon as practical. Events are captured with time/date stamps,
which is valuable information for troubleshooting.
•
Set the Link Security Key to something other than the factory default setting (12 characters, all
zeros) at each end. The link security key must match at both sides of the link. If the security key
remains at the factory setting, the radio link is open to sabotage by a party with the same radio
model. Each link should have a unique security key. If using the same security key for every link
in the network, the radio could link to any other radio with the same security key. This is
problematic in multi-radio networks.
–
38
Note that the security key must be exactly 12 characters. Any printable ASCII character can be
used. The link security key is case sensitive.
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Changing the link security key interrupts transmission until the opposite end is changed
to match. Always change the far-end radio first, and then change the near-end
radio.
–
Reset the admin and user passwords. These passwords should not match. If the admin
password remains at the factory default setting, it provides an opportunity for random
reassignment by a network-connected user.
–
The new password must be entered twice. If the passwords do not match and the Update
button clicked, the password is not changed and remains set to the previous password.
•
Enter the license key provided by Exalt to access extended features or diagnostic capabilities.
Click Update to accept the changes and enable the new features. License keys are issued by radio
serial number, so ensure that the license key used was issued for this particular radio.
•
The Regulatory Domain Key establishes the frequency bands, tuning frequencies, bandwidths,
output power and Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements, in accordance with the
regulations that apply in the country where the product is deployed. The RDK must be typed in to
enable ANY functionality for the radio. The RDK is issued to the Exalt Authorized distributor or
reseller, and is paired to the specific serial number of the radio.
•
AES Advance Encryption Standard) can be implemented to provide additional data security for the
wireless link. This function requires an upgrade license key (purchased separately). Both radios in
the link must have a valid AES upgrade license key to implement AES. Different bit-length
encryption license keys (for example, 128-bit and 256-bit) are also available, depending on model
type. If the required upgrade license key is present, simply insert a matching ASCII string on both
terminals and select the Enable AES On option for AES encryption. Note that similar to the
administration and user passwords, the AES string must be entered twice for each terminal.
50000001
2008-05-09
39
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Configuration
Use SNMP to manage networked devices and execute the following functions:
•
GET: Obtain information from the device, such as a configuration setting or parameter.
•
SET: Change a configuration setting on the device.
•
TRAP: The device proactively informs the management station of a change of state, usually used
for critical alarms or warnings.
Note: Currently the SNMP implementation does not support TRAP functions. For critical
alarms, use the GET command for specific alarm conditions.
Figure 19 SNMP Configuration page
One feature of the SNMP implementation is that system configuration changes do not take effect using
the SET command. Instead, groups of configuration settings can be preconfigured for global change,
and a single ‘Save’ (Commit) command implements all changes.
When some parameters are changed, a link may drop and/or management control lost. MIB files allow
many parameters to be set at once, allowing only a temporarily dropped link or management control
issue. The opposite end radio can be quickly reconfigured, with little downtime for the link and
management control. The save (Commit) command is similar to the Update button.
Dropped links or management control issues do not occur with every parameter change. Many
configuration changes do not impact traffic or management access.
EX-series radios utilize SNMPv3, a high security version of SNMP, to ensure secure access to and
storing of management data. The SNMPv3 security string matches the admin and user passwords.
Passwords must be eight characters or longer.
40
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Currently not all EX-series radios implement SNMP. Check the software release notes
to verify that the function is available. Generally, the radio supports SNMP when MIB files
are listed on the File Activation Page.
The SNMP MIBs are organized similar to the GUI. Become familiar with the GUI before using the
SNMP function.
SNMP v1/v2c/v3 Support Options
Enable the SNMPv1/v2c options to allow entering read and read/write community strings.
Note: Users are encouraged to avoid enabling SNMPv1/V2c support due to known security
loopholes in these protocols.
Enable the SNMPv3 options to allow entering read and read/write user names and passwords. These
entries are de-coupled from the standard radio user names and passwords. SNMPv3 provides full
management security.
50000001
2008-05-09
41
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
System Configuration Page
This page contains several critical system parameters.
Figure 20 System Configuration page
Note: For models requiring a Regulatory Domain Key (RDK), you must enter a valid RDK to
edit this page.
Most entries on this page are self-explanatory. The following lists unique or important parameters.
•
Set the Endpoint Identifier so that one end of the link is set to Radio A and the opposite end set to
Radio B. In single-link networks, it is unimportant which end is designated A or B. In multi-link
networks, however, it may be important to orient the links so that at any collocation site (where
there are multiple radios of the same type at the same site), all radios are set to the same Endpoint
Identifier (A or B). See Link Orientation and Synchronization.
Note: Changing the Endpoint Identifier parameter requires a reboot of the radio to take effect.
The reboot temporarily interrupts traffic.
•
42
Set the Radio Transmit Power (dBm) parameter to the designed level. The professional installer
sets this value or dictates the value of this setting to the system administrator following the system
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
design and local regulations. In many cases, this value must be set to a proper value to comply
with legal restrictions. Improper values can result in liability to the user and/or installer.
Note: Changing Radio Transmit Power may temporarily interrupt traffic. Small changes
in output power do not normally interrupt traffic, but larger changes may.
–
Do not adjust the Radio Transmit Power parameter to a value higher than is legally allowed.
–
Do not adjust the Radio Transmit Power parameter lower than the link budget and fade margin
can afford.
Note: The link may be lost and unrecoverable through GUI control. If the link is lost due to
reduction of Radio Transmit Power, travel to the radio location(s) may be required to reset the
value.
•
Set the Bandwidth (MHz) parameter to the designed level. The value of this is determined in the
design/engineering stage. The Bandwidth parameter must also match at both ends of the link. In
conjunction with the Mode parameter, the Bandwidth parameter directly relates to the capacity,
latency, and the number of TDM circuits supported. The transmitter and receiver bandwidth are
modified using this parameter, making it critical that it be set with respect to the local RF noise and
interference profile, and/or in relation to any multi-link network design.
Note: Changing Bandwidth will temporarily interrupt traffic. The Bandwidth
parameter must match at each end. Adjust the far-end radio first, and then the near-end
radio. Changing Bandwidth changes the radio’s threshold. A narrower bandwidth has better
threshold performance and improved interference immunity, therefore if changing to a wider
bandwidth, there is an opportunity that the link may be lost and unrecoverable through GUI
control. Check the available fade margin and interference profile to determine if the impact to
threshold and increased bandwidth is acceptable to maintain the link and the desired
performance. If the link is lost due to increasing the Bandwidth parameter, travel to the radio
location(s) may be required to reset the value.
•
Set the Mode parameter to the designed selection. The value of this setting is determined in the
design/engineering stage. The Mode parameter must match at both ends of the link. In conjunction
with the Bandwidth parameter, the Mode parameter setting directly relates to the capacity of the
system, as well as critical RF parameters, including receiver threshold, carrier-to-interference
ratio, and in some cases, maximum radio transmit power.
Note: Changing Mode will temporarily interrupt traffic. The Mode setting must match
at each end. Adjust the far-end radio first, and then the near-end radio. Changing Mode
changes the radio’s threshold, carrier-to-interference ratio, and also may have impact on the
Radio Transmit Power. A lower mode has better threshold performance and carrier-tointerference ratio, and in some cases, higher output power, therefore if changing to a higher
mode (for example, from Mode 1 to Mode 2), there is an opportunity that the link may be
lost and unrecoverable through GUI control. Check the available fade margin and
interference profile, and determine if the impact to RF performance is sufficient to maintain
the link and desired performance. If the link is lost due to increasing the Mode parameter,
travel to the radio location(s) may be required to reset the value.
•
Set the RF Frequency (GHz) parameter to the designed point. The value of this setting is
determined in the design/engineering stage. RF Frequency must match at both ends of the link. It
50000001
2008-05-09
43
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
may be critical to set RF Frequency with respect to the local RF noise and interference profiles,
and/or in relation to any multi-link network design.
The frequency selection section includes the ability to select from either the complete list of
frequencies (“All”) that can be tuned for the selected band and bandwidth, or, in some cases, a preselected list of non-overlapping center frequencies (“Preferred”) that Exalt determined provides
the most flexible collocation opportunities for large networks of Exalt radios
The frequency selection section includes a band selection button that must be enabled for the
frequency band of operation for which the link was engineered. In some cases, some bands may
not be selectable due to regulatory constraints. Some bands also require Dynamic Frequency
Selection (DFS), based on the active RDK. DFS is automatically enabled for these bands and is
selectable for all other bands.
Note: Changing RF Frequency will temporarily interrupt traffic. The RF
Frequency parameter setting must match at each end. Adjust the far-end radio first,
and then the near-end radio. If the RF Frequency parameter is changed to a frequency with
interference, the link may be lost and unrecoverable through GUI control. If the link is lost
due to changing the RF Frequency parameter, travel to the radio location(s) may be required
to reset the value.
•
DFS is automatically enabled for any band where required based on the regulations that match the
active RDK. For bands where DFS is not required, it can still be selected. For DFS to operate
properly, set the antenna gain figure to match the installed transmission system gain (that is, the
gain of the antenna minus all losses between the radio and the antenna).
Note: When DFS is enabled, the radio temporarily stops transmitting for at least 60 seconds to
ensure that no radar interference is present. This is called "Channel Availability Check
(CAC).” The DFS status displays on the
. Once CAC passes, the radio resumes normal operation. If at any time during CAC or regular
operation a qualifying radar signature is detected, the radio shuts down communications for a
minimum of 30 minutes. This is the Non-Occupancy Period (NOP). Transmission only
resumes after the NOP completes and then only after a successful CAC.
•
Set the Link Distance (miles) parameter to the range that is equal to or greater than the actual link
distance. The value of this setting is determined in the design/engineering stage.
Note: Changing the Link Distance parameter will temporarily interrupt traffic.
The Link Distance setting must match at each end and must not be less than the actual link
distance. Adjust the far-end radio first, and then the near-end radio. If the Link Distance
parameter is changed to a setting less than the actual distance, the link may be lost and
unrecoverable through GUI control. If the link is lost due to this situation, travel to the radio
location(s) may be required to reset the value. If the Link Distance parameter setting is set to a
distance unnecessarily higher than the actual link distance, the radio may have substantially
reduced performance with respect to throughput and latency.
•
44
Set the TDD Frame Size (ms) parameter to the designed level. The value of this setting is
determined in the design/engineering stage. The TDD Frame Size parameter must match at both
ends of the link. The TDD Frame Size parameter setting directly relates to the capacity, latency,
and number of TDM circuits that can be supported over the given link distance. In multi-link
networks, especially where there are collocated links, it is also important to set all radios to the
same TDD Frame Size setting to avoid self-interference. Future enhancement: The GPS or
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
internal sync function may be necessary for these networks. See Time Division Duplex (TDD)
Factors and Link Orientation and Synchronization for more information.
Note: Changing the TDD Frame Size parameter will temporarily interrupt traffic. TDD
Frame Size parameters must match at each end. Adjust the far-end radio first, and then the
near-end radio. If the TDD Frame Size parameter is set to a value that cannot be supported for
the link distance, the link may be lost and unrecoverable through GUI control. If the link is
lost due to this situation, travel to the radio location(s) may be required to reset the value.
•
Set the TX/RX Throughput Ratio (%) parameter to program radio symmetry. The default setting is
50/50 for symmetrical, full-duplex throughput. Other throughput ratio options are 20/80, 80/20,
and 65/35, 35/65. See Link Symmetry.
•
For asymmetric throughput, only TDD frame size settings of 2ms and 5ms and RF Bandwidth
settings of 16MHz and higher are supported.
The 64MHz/Mode2 configuration does not support asymmetry due to capacity limitations of the
100BaseT interface. Set the Radio Collocation parameter to control parameters related to the GPS
Synchronization feature (see Radio Synchronization).
This parameter can be enabled when an Exalt GPS receiver is connected to Radio A. There are two
additional features:
–
–
•
Set the Flywheel Period parameter to ‘Normal’ (default) or ‘Infinite.’ This is the period of time
that the radio will run on the internal timing signal if the GPS timing signal is lost.
–
The Normal parameter is a time period that allows the GPS timing signal to be recovered.
The default time to wait is set between 5 and 10 min. The system then resynchronizes to
the GPS signal without impact to traffic. If Normal is selected and GPS timing is not
recovered within the set time period, the system stops transmitting (loss of link) until GPS
timing is recovered. This prevents self-interference to local systems, but loses the link.
–
The Infinite parameter allows the radio to run on the internal clock source with no limit
and attempts to resynchronize with GPS when the GPS timing source is detected. This
allows the link to continue to operate, however, if a GPS signal is not detected within
approximately 10 minutes, the radio may start to cause interference to other collocated
systems, and other collocated systems may start to cause interference with it. If after this
interval GPS timing is restored, a temporary outage due to the resynchronization
requirement may occur.
Set the Tx Timing Offset (uSec) parameter to allow the administrator to delay transmitter
timing from the GPS timing pulse by a fixed time, in microseconds. This is useful if multiple
GPS-synchronized Exalt radio systems are present, separated by distance, such as when using
a repeater. This delay is required to offset the difference in speed-of-light between the two
locations. It is recommended to add a 5uSec delay for every mile of difference in path length.
For example, if there is one link with no delay, delay the link within the field-of-view of the
first link on the same or overlapping frequency channel accordingly so that it is synchronized,
including the speed-of-light delay between the two sites.
Antenna Port parameter
–
EX-4.9r, EX-5r, and EX-5r IP: The antenna port selection toggles between the vertically and
horizontally polarized integrated antennas. Ensure that both link ends match polarization.
–
EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP: The antenna port selection allows selection of either the
ANT 1 or ANT 2 connector (or the A or B connector on Legacy models) on the front face of
50000001
2008-05-09
45
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
the radio housing. Only set this parameter if using a dual-polarized antenna or two separate
antennas.
Note: Changing the antenna port will temporarily interrupt traffic. The
polarization of the antennas at each end must match at each end – adjust the far-end radio first,
then the near-end radio.
•
46
Buzzer Timeout (minutes) parameter creates an audio signal for antenna alignment. Turn on the
buzzer continuously during antenna alignment or preset a period of time that the buzzer will
sound. If the buzzer stops before alignment activities are complete, change the selection and press
the Update button or select the ON option until alignment activities are complete.
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Ethernet Interface Configuration Page
This page allows the administrator to set the alarm, and duplex settings of the Ethernet connection.
It also allows determination of the management information for in-band (carried over the air and
available from both the MAIN and AUX connectors on either end of the link) or out-of-band (not
carried over the air and only available from the local AUX connector)
Figure 21 Ethernet Interface Configuration page
To ignore Ethernet alarms, disable the alarming of the MAIN and/or connector. Muting the MAIN
connection is desirable when connected equipment senses Ethernet signaling and makes decisions
(such as, spanning tree protocol enable) based on the Ethernet signal. If the MAIN connection has
muting enabled, the port is muted when the link is not active.
It may be desirable to disable the alarming of the AUX connector if it is not used.
Set the Ethernet interfaces on the radio and connected equipment to 100/full-duplex for best
performance. If the Ethernet ports are set to auto-negotiation, poor throughput performance may be a
result, as well as intermittent disconnections of the Ethernet connection.
50000001
2008-05-09
47
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
VLAN Configuration Page
VLAN is disabled as the default setting for Exalt radios. The Exalt radios still pass VLAN and nonVLAN traffic across the link, but do not examine the VLAN traffic or act upon it. Enable VLAN using
the Exalt GUI for expanded VLAN support.
Figure 22 VLAN Configuration page
When VLAN is first enabled, the Ethernet interface port is assigned as Default VLAN, until the port is
configured with specific VLAN IDs. For example, a specific VLAN for management access to the
radio must be manually configured.
48
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Once a management VLAN is configured or modified and the Update button clicked,
the management connection will likely be lost. The management connection to the radio must
follow the configuration to the assigned VLAN. After configuring and enabling the
management VLAN on the radio, reconfigure your network’s management access to match
the settings on the radio.
If any VLANs are configured in addition to the management VLAN, the radio automatically discards
traffic that not matching a configured VLAN. Non-tagged traffic, or traffic with tags matching VLANs
that are not configured, do not flow across the radio link.
Up to 16 unique VLANs can be configured. VLAN ID numbering ranges from 1 to 4094. The Native
(default) VLAN ID can be changed from the default setting. Every configured VLAN can also have a
logical name to help track the function of each VLAN.
VLAN configurations are maintained even when VLAN is disabled. That is, the VLANs can be
configured and the configuration saved, even though they are not active until VLAN is enabled. Use
the procedure in Reset to Critical Factory Settings to restore the management connection if a mistake
was made assigning the management VLAN and access cannot be restored.
Note: Only one entry per VLAN ID is allowed. If the same VLAN ID is entered into the table
more than once, the radio uses the first assignment found in the table and ignores duplicate
entries.
50000001
2008-05-09
49
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
T1/E1 Configuration Pages
These pages allow the administrator to selectively enable or disable the T1 or E1 circuits, one at a time.
For enabled T1/E1 circuits, additional configuration, including loopback functions, are available.
Disable the unused T1 or E1 so that the alarms are turned off and more throughput is allocated to the
Ethernet interface. Every enabled T1 or E1 input, even if there is no T1 or E1 signal present, reduces
the aggregate throughput of the Ethernet interface by roughly 3Mbps (for T1) or 4Mbps (for E1).
This page toggles between T1 and E1, as required, by clicking the Set to T1 or Set to E1 button. A
warning displays that a reboot is necessary, and the radio reboots if the administrator continues. This
will interrupt traffic. It may be necessary to re-login to the radio after the reboot completes. T1/E1
mode self-coordinates across the link if the link is active. This means that it only needs to be set while
connected at one end. In addition, enabling and disabling T1/E1 circuits also self-coordinates across
the link if the link is active. If a link is not active and T1/E1 enabling is a mismatch when a link is first
created, the Radio A configuration for T1/E1 enabling supersedes the settings on the Radio B
configuration, and changes the settings on Radio B.
Note: Certain combinations of the TDD Frame Size, Link Distance, Mode, and Bandwidth
parameter settings limit the number of T1/E1 circuits that can be carried by the radio. In these
cases, certain fields on the T1/E1 Interface Configuration pages are not available, starting
with the highest port number. For example, for a 4x T1/E1 radio version, if only three (3)
circuits can be carried, port 4 is not available for configuration and is disabled. If only two
circuits can be carried, both ports 3 and 4 are not available. Increasing the TDD frame size and
Mode parameters, and/or increasing the Bandwidth parameter results in an increase in the
supported number of T1/E1 circuits.
T1 Interface Configuration Page
This page allows the administrator to enable/disable each individual T1 channel, set the Line Build Out
(LBO), Line Code (either AMI or B8ZS), and AIS enabling/disabling for each input. If enabled, the
radio places an AIS code on the output of the associated interface if and when the link fails or when
there is no T1 signal available from the far end to provide the user at the local end. Loopback controls
are also provided (see T1/E1 Loopback).
50
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Figure 23 T1 Interface Configuration page
E1 Interface Configuration Page
This page allows the administrator to enable/disable each individual E1 channel. The AIS can also be
enabled and disabled for each input. If enabled, the radio places an AIS code on the output of the
associated interface if and when the link fails or when there is no E1 signal available from the far end
to provide the user at the local end. Loopback controls are also provided (see T1/E1 Loopback).
Figure 24 E1 Interface Configuration page
50000001
2008-05-09
51
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
T1/E1 Loopback
Loopback is provided for any enabled T1 or E1 port. As shown in and , the choices are:
•
No Loopback (default)
•
External (local)
•
External (remote)
•
Internal
Note: Only one Internal loopback can be enabled at any time.
All loopback configurations control the loop at the Line Interface integrated circuit, which is the
device wired directly to the front panel ports.
External loopback modes are used in conjunction with an external test source. The designation of
‘local’ or ‘remote’ refers to where the loopback is occurring relative to the location where the loopback
is implemented. That is, on the radio being accessed, if External (remote) is selected, this loops the
signal back at the remote radio interface back towards the local radio. Likewise, if External (local) is
selected, the signal loops back at the local interface towards the remote radio (Figure 25 and Figure
26).
Figure 25 External (remote) loopback
Figure 26 External (local) loopback
When a local T1/E1 port is configured for External (remote) loopback, it is the same as configuring the
remote radio for External (local) loopback.
Internal loopback uses an internal test source, and sends the test source signal across the link, looped at
the remote radio’s interface, returned to the local radio, and looped at the local radio’s interface back to
the source. The inputs at both ends are looped back at the line level. illustrates the internal loopback
function.
Figure 27 Internal loopback
52
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
File Transfer Page
This page allows the administrator to upload and download files to and from the radio. Three types of
files can be uploaded: configuration, radio firmware, and Regulatory Domain Database (RDD). When
uploading Configuration Files, current configuration parameters are immediately
overwritten, and the unit automatically reboots. When uploading radio firmware files, the file
is placed into reserve memory space. After the new radio firmware file uploads, use the File Activation
page to enable the files (see File Activation Page).
Figure 28 File Transfer page
Note: Issues with the RDK may be caused when the Regulatory Domain Database (RDD) is
not up to date. Go to the Exalt Web site to download the current RDD.
Up to four types of files can be downloaded: configuration, radio firmware, radio event log, and MIB.
The MIB file refers to the Management Information Base related to the Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) function, and is only available on models which support SNMP. See Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for more information.
50000001
2008-05-09
53
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Check the before uploading radio firmware files. New file uploads overwrite the
secondary file location. If important files reside in the primary or secondary file location,
download them before uploading the new files. Only the active radio firmware file can be
downloaded. Therefore, to download the reserve file, it must first be activated (using the
Swap button). See File Activation Page. The current radio firmware and RDD versions can be
viewed on the Radio Information Page.
Use the following steps to download a file.
1
Select the type of file to download (configuration or radio firmware).
2
Click the Download button and wait for the radio to prepare the file for download.
For the MIB file download, a second page/link appears (Figure 29).
3
Left-click the link on the page to download the file to a desired location.
Figure 29 File Transfer page—download file link
File download and upload is useful when configuring several radios with similar settings. A copy of
the configuration file can also help restore radio settings. In addition, a copy of the Exalt default
configuration file is helpful to restore the radio to factory settings.
Note: Do not change the name of any download file. The configuration file must be named
config.nv. To keep track of multiple configuration files, use a folder naming system or
temporarily rename the file, however, it must be named config.nv before it can be uploaded to
a radio. Never change radio firmware file names under any circumstances.
If copying the same configuration file into multiple radios, some parameters will match and that may
be undesirable. However, it may be easier to change just a subset of parameters rather than every
parameter. The following parameters can cause problems or confusion if they match at each of a link:
•
Radio Name
•
Endpoint Identifier
54
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
IP Address
•
IP Subnet Mask
•
Default Gateway
The following parameters can match at both ends of the link:
•
Link Name
•
Link Security Key (although each link should be different)
•
Admin and User passwords
•
Bandwidth
•
RF Frequency
•
Link Distance
•
TDD Frame Size
•
T1/E1 configurations
•
Ethernet configurations
50000001
2008-05-09
55
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
File Activation Page
Use this page to move stored or uploaded files for use on the radio. The page indicates which file is
currently in use, and which file is available for use. Click the Swap button to place the file in the
Alternative File column into the active state and move the file in the Current File column to the
Alternative File column.
Figure 30 File Activation page
Note: In all cases, the radio reboots after a new file is selected using the Swap function. This
places the radio out of service for a short time.
56
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
GPS Information Page
This page provides information on how many GPS satellites are within the view of the Exalt GPS
receiver. This page is active for implementations that include the GPS receiver connection for
synchronization. This information can be helpful for troubleshooting GPS issues.
Figure 31 GPS Information page
50000001
2008-05-09
57
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Alarms Page
This page provides an easy-to-read summary of the alarm status of both local and remote radios. The
colors on this page reflect the color of the alarms displayed on the radio front panel. However,
additional detail displays on this page to aid in quick assessment of issues and status.
Figure 32 Alarms page
Table 6 lists alarm status conditions that appear on this page.
58
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table 6 Alarm status indicators
Label
Link
DFS
Collocation
Status
Indicates RF link status:
•
Green Solid = Error-free connection (BER<10e-6)
•
Yellow Solid = Errored connection (10e-3>BER >10e-6)
•
Red Solid = No link (BER>10e-3)
Indicates the status of the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS).
•
Green = No DFS activity, normal transmission
•
Red = Either CAC or NOP is in progress.
Indicates the enabled/disabled status with Internal or GPS sync and current alarm status.
•
Green Solid = Sync enabled and sync input present
•
Yellow Solid = Sync enabled and missing proper sync input in flywheel operation period
• Red Solid = Sync enabled and missing proper sync input signal and flywheel period
expired
Ethernet Main
T1/E1 Input
Temperature
•
Green Solid = Data present
•
Off = No data present
•
Green = Enabled and connection present (clocking confirmed)
•
Red = Enabled and no connection present
•
Grey = Disabled or unavailable due to configuration
•
Green Solid = Normal temperature range
•
Yellow Solid = Exceeding normal temperature range
The Temperature alarm monitors the internal temperature of the unit based on specific points inside
the radio chassis. It is normal for the internal temperature to be above the ambient temperature, so the
temperature reading may be higher than the highest specified ambient temperature. When the internal
electronics reach a point that is higher than the normal temperature rise at the highest ambient
temperature, the temperature alarm turns yellow. Power down the radio as soon as possible, and
investigate the cause of the temperature rise before the radio is put back into service. In almost all
cases, a temperature alarm is due to an external cause.
50000001
2008-05-09
59
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Performance Page
This page provides statistical information about the performance of the system in relation to the
integrity of the user data and the RF link.
Figure 33 Performance page
•
The Current BER field indicates the current bit error rate of the link. If the link is operating
perfectly, this should indicate zero. Generally, the link should remain at a BER less than 1x10-6 (1
bit out of every million bits errored). This is the threshold performance specification and the
standard to which the link was engineered. However, radio links can and are affected by weather,
interference, and other external sources and will occasionally have a higher error rate. A link
remains operational unless the BER exceeds 1x10-3 (1 bit out of every hundred bits errored).
Consult the link design engineer for an understanding of the predicted error rate of the radio link as
it has been designed. Many applications are unaffected by bit errors, but TDM circuits (for
example, T1 or E1) are more sensitive. Also, if the link operator is providing a service guarantee,
this value may need to be monitored or examined in cases of service issues. The behavior of BER
in relation to other alarms or measurements and external events can be very helpful in
troubleshooting activities.
•
Current RSL is the measurement of the received signal level at the radio antenna port. This is the
measured level of the RF signal coming from the opposite end of the radio link. The link was
engineered to a specific RSL by the link design engineer, and this RSL should be obtained during
installation and remain relatively stable during the operation of the link. RSL can and will vary as
a result of weather changes and other external sources, such as path obstructions. Once again, this
variation was part of the original design to achieve a certain level of performance over time. Bit
errors occur when the RSL falls to a level within roughly 3dB of the threshold specification. When
the RSL falls below the threshold specification, the link disconnects and will not reconnect until
the RSL is above the threshold specification. The behavior of RSL in relation to other alarms or
measurements and external events can be very helpful in troubleshooting activities.
60
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
Errored Seconds (ES) indicates the total number of seconds that occurred where there was at least
one bit error since the last time that the radio statistics counter was reset. Generally, ES are not a
significant concern, so long as they are not continuous or above the anticipated performance based
on the original link engineering goals. If ES are continuous or at a high rate, this is normally an
indication of poor link performance due to poor RSL or interference, or severe impact by weather
or other environmental factors. However, similar to the performance factors previously listed, ES
can and will occur in any radio link. Once again, consult the link engineer to determine the original
design goals, and compare actual performance to these expectations to determine if any
improvements are necessary or if other problems may be causing excessive ES.
Note: Unavailable Seconds do not register as ES. In other words, the ES counter counts all
seconds that are errored NOT INCLUDING the seconds that were classified as unavailable.
The total number of seconds with errors or outages is the sum of ES and Unavailable Seconds.
•
Unavailable Seconds (also called UAS) are similar to ES, but this counter keeps track of every
second where the bit error rate equals or exceeds 1x10-3, as well as any seconds where there is a
complete loss of radio communication, over the period since the last counter reset. If Unavailable
Seconds are continuous or at a high rate, this is normally an indication of poor link performance
due to poor RSL or interference, or severe impact by weather or other environmental factors.
However, similar to the performance factors listed above, Unavailable Seconds can and do occur
in any radio link. Consult the link engineer to determine the original design goals, and compare
actual performance to these expectations to determine if any improvements are necessary or if
other problems may be causing excessive Unavailable Seconds.
•
Minimum RSL indicates the worst (lowest) received signal level that occurred since the last
counter reset. It is helpful to know if the RSL dropped significantly from the normal level, or has
reached a level near or below threshold.
•
Minimum RSL Timestamp indicates the date and time when the Minimum RSL occurred. This is
helpful for general troubleshooting, and especially comparing to items in the event log or
diagnostic charts from the same time period.
•
Maximum RSL indicates the best (highest) RSL that occurred since the last counter reset. This
indicates the best performance of the radio link, which is normally equal to the installed value, and
is usually the designed value.
•
Time Since Reset indicates the amount of time passed since the last counter reset. This helps to
quantify the seriousness of other statistics, such as ES and Unavailable Seconds, if there have been
high numbers of ES and/or Unavailable Seconds over a relatively short period of time.
Each end of the link statistics on this page can be independently reset using the Reset Statistics button
for the local or remote radio. It is good practice to reset the statistics at the time that the link is
commissioned (after all antenna alignment is complete and stable RSL at designed levels is achieved,
and no more system reboots are anticipated). Make a habit of viewing this page regularly, make
records of the performance, and reset the statistics so that the counters can more precisely pinpoint
issues.
Note: Resetting statistics from one end also resets the statistics for the same radio at the
opposite end. That is, if the Local statistics are reset, logging into the remote end shows the
Remote statistics on that end (which is the local radio in the first condition) as being reset at
the same time.
50000001
2008-05-09
61
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Event Log Page
Use this page to review a list of the events logged by the radio. The following items are listed in the
event log:
•
Alarms
•
Alarms clearing (Normal)
•
Radio Reboots
Every event is tagged with the time that the event occurred, and a severity and type. The event log also
allows filtering to limit the view of the log to the lowest level of desired information. For example, a
filter level of Minor displays Minor, Major, and Critical severity events.
The log contains the last 1000 events. Events are deleted on a FIFO basis, erasing the oldest entries to
make room for the newest entries.
The event log can be cleared and be downloaded from the radio (some models may require a software
upgrade to enable this feature). A screen capture of the browser window can serve as a useful record.
Figure 34 Event Log page
62
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Diagnostic Charts Page
Use this page as an aid in troubleshooting. This page illustrates the historical (and current)
performance for three parameters: RSL, Radio Temperature, and BER.
The horizontal scale illustrates 120 points of time measurement and is synchronized on all three
graphs. The scale displays in minutes, hours, or days from the last two hours (120 minutes), five days
(120 hours), or four months (120 days). All information is stored, so all of these periods are available
for short- and long-term performance analysis. The right side of a graph represents the most recent
measurement, and data ‘marches’ from the right-to-left at every interval.
The vertical scale of each chart independently scales to show the maximum resolution based on the
maximum variation of the data over the selected time measurement.
Figure 35 Diagnostic Charts page
Use the cursor to point to any spot on any of the three charts, and all three charts illustrate the
measurements taken for that time interval in the upper-left corner of each chart. The time interval is
indicated by T=(value). This is followed by the value of the measurement, listing the highest value,
lowest value and average value measured over that time interval.
For example, in Figure 35 the displayed time interval is minutes, and the cursor is held at the T=17
mark on the horizontal axis. The measurements shown indicate performance from 17 minutes ago. The
high/low/average values shown on each chart are measurements made across that specific one-hour
interval.
Changes in RSL often have an impact on BER, and this can be confirmed by looking for synchronized
events. When BER events occur without corresponding changes in RSL, this normally indicates
50000001
2008-05-09
63
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
interference, atmospheric changes, transmission system issues (such as problems with cables,
connectors or antennas), or possibly radio hardware problems.
It is also useful to help determine if changes in radio temperature are occurring, and if they are having
any impact on RSL or BER. If the radio is mounted in an environmentally controlled location, this has
less relevance. However, temperature monitoring can be helpful to ensure that the radio is operating
within specifications.
64
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Spectrum Analyzer Page
The spectrum analyzer feature provides a useful pre-planning and troubleshooting tool. This feature is
only available on radios with firmware supporting the spectrum analyzer. Perform a spectrum analysis
after deployment and just before commissioning to maintain a record of the spectrum at the time of
deployment. Figure 36 shows the Spectrum Analyzer page.
Figure 36 Spectrum Analyzer page
While a professional spectrum analyzer provides higher levels of control and precision for preplanning, the Spectrum Analyzer page allows evaluation of the RF spectrum as seen at the radio’s RF
input port prior to deployment. This is useful for pre-planning the center frequency and occupied
bandwidth, and to determine polarization and antenna type and mounting locations.
For troubleshooting, enable the spectrum analyzer to scan the desired segment or full band of the
frequency range. Select the step size and set the remote radio transmitter ON or OFF. This allows
viewing of the clean spectrum without the remote transmitter on and a comparison of the remote
transmitter in the midst of other signals.
50000001
2008-05-09
65
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Enabling the spectrum analyzer interrupts all radio traffic for the duration of the
analysis. In addition, access to the radio’s GUI may also be interrupted, depending on the
location of the interfaced computer relative to the radio where the spectrum analysis is
occurring. The GUI is available at the completion of the spectrum analysis.
Use the smallest step size to obtain the finest view of the spectrum. The spectrum analyzer can be set
to match the start and stop frequency for a dwell mode. Peak and average detection modes are also
available. Peak detection is helpful for capturing intermittent events such as pulsed emissions.
It is best to set the Scan Time option to a time value as opposed to using the ‘infinity’ setting. If your
management computer is connected to the radio through the radio link, access to the GUI is interrupted
during the duration of the analysis.
Note: The result of selecting infinity may be complete loss of contact to that radio and may
require a physical visit to the radio location to disable the spectrum analyzer.
The spectrum analyzer graph displays received signals in red or green (Figure 37), normalized in dBm
to the resolution bandwidth of the analyzer. Red indicates a peak hold function. This is the highest
level detected during the entire scan. Green indicates the last value measured at that frequency.
Figure 37 Spectrum analyzer graph example
A completely green vertical box indicates that the signal maintained a steady level for the entire scan
or that the last scan measured at a strong or stronger level than the rest of the analysis. A completely
red vertical box indicates that there was a signal at some point during the scan, but that the signal was
not detected at the last scan. A graph displaying green on the lower part and red at the upper part
indicates that at some time during the scan, a signal was detected at a higher level than was detected
during the last scan.
The last spectrum analyzer scan performed displays in this page until the radio is rebooted. You can do
a screen capture for record keeping and for comparison to future analyses. The time and date of the
analysis displays on the page, which is handy as a reference in a screen capture.
66
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Reboot Page
Use this page to reboot the radio. The function may never be required, but can be used in emergencies.
All configurations that require a reboot automatically reboot on administrator confirmation.
Figure 38 Reboot page
50000001
2008-05-09
67
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Manual Page
The manual (this document or the version that matches the installed firmware) is available within the
GUI. Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.5 or higher is required (go to www.adobe.com to download Acrobat
Reader). Click the Manual link to display the manual within the browser window. Once the manual
displays, click the save button on the PDF toolbar to download the manual locally.
Figure 39 Manual page
68
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Specifications
This section presents specifications for the r-Series of Digital Microwave Radios.
Physical Specifications
Integrated Antenna Models
Physical Configuration
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
Operating Temperature
Altitude
Humidity
Environmental
Outdoor unit (ODU)
14.6 x 14.6x 3.8"/37 x 37 x 9.7 cm
12 lbs; 5.5 kg
–40 to +149°F /–40 to +65°C;
15,000'/4.6 km
100% condensing
NEMA4/IP56
EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX 5r-c IP
Physical Configuration
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
Operating Temperature
Altitude
Humidity
Environmental
Outdoor unit (ODU)
14.6 x 14.6x 2.5"/37 x 37 x 6.4 cm
12 lbs; 5.5 kg
–40 to +149°F /–40 to +65°C;
15,000'/4.6 km
100% condensing
NEMA4/IP56
Legacy Models
Physical Configuration
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
Operating Temperature
Altitude
Humidity
Environmental
50000001
2008-05-09
Outdoor unit (ODU)
13 x 13 x 4.25"/33 x 33 x 10.8 cm
15 lbs; 6.8 kg
–40 to +149°F /–40 to +65°C;
15,000'/4.6 km
100% condensing
NEMA4/IP56
69
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Common System Specifications
Tuning Resolution
Power Control Step Size
Selectable Modulation Modes
Selectable Frame Lengths (ms)
Maximum Aggregate User Capacity
Error Floor
Frequency Stability
Link Security
1MHz; 5MHz for EX-4.9r and some regulatory domains
0.5dB
Mode 1 (QPSK); Mode 2 (16QAM)
0.5, 1, 2, 2.5, 4, 5
a
Mbps
Mode
Mode
8/10MHz
13
27
16/20MHza
27
54
32MHz
55
110
64MHza
110
216
10-12
+7 ppm
96-bit Security Code
a. Not all bandwidth and mode combinations are available on all radio models. Some radios may require
specific software license keys, which can be purchased from your authorized Exalt representative.
70
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EX-4.9r System Specifications
Frequency Band
Tunable Range
Output Power (at full power)
Selectable Channel Bandwidths
4940 to 4990MHz
4945 to 4985MHz
dBm
Mode 1
Mode 2
10MHz
+22
+21
20MHz
+24
+21
10MHz, 20MHza
Receiver Threshold (BER=10-6)
Maximum RSL
Non-overlapping channels
Regulatory Compliance
FCC ID
IC ID
Emission Designator(s)
dBm
Mode 1
Mode 2
10MHz
-86
-78
20MHz
-83
-75*
Mode 1: -25dBm error-free; 0dBm no damage
10MHz: 5; 20MHz: 2
FCC Part 90; IC RSS-111
TTM-104P90R
6254A-104P90R
10MHz
8M72W
10MHz
20MHz
19M0W
20MHz
a. Mode 2 for 20MHz BW is enabled through firmware options for the EX-4.9r.
50000001
2008-05-09
71
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
System Specifications, 5.3GHz Band
Frequency Band
Tunable Range
Output Power (at full power)
Output Power (at minimum power)
Selectable Channel Bandwidths
5250 to 5350MHz
5260 to 5332MHz
+13dBm (0.02W)
-7dBm
8MHz, 16MHz, 32MHz, 64MHza
Receiver Threshold (BER=10-6)
Maximum RSL
Non-overlapping channels
Regulatory Compliance
FCC ID
IC ID
Emission Designator(s)
dBm
Mode 1
Mode 2
8MHz
-86
-78
16MHz
-83
-75
32MHz
-80
-72
64MHz*
-77
-69
Mode 1: -25dBm error-free; 0dBm no damage
8MHz: 10; 16MHz: 5; 32MHz: 2; 64MHza: 1
FCC 15.407; IC RSS-210
TTM-105P25M
6254A-105P25R
8MHz
7M8W7D
16MHz
15M7W7D
32MHz
30M9W7D
64MHz*
60M8W7D
a. A firmware option is required to enable 64MHz BW in jurisdictions where it is permitted. For some
regulatory domains, the 8MHz Bandwidth setting displays as 10MHz, and the 16MHz Bandwidth
setting displays as 20MHz.
72
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
System Specifications, 5.4GHz Band
Frequency Band
Tunable Range
Output Power (at full power)
Output Power (at minimum power)
Selectable Channel Bandwidths
5470 to 5725 MHz
5488 to 5715 MHz
+13dBm (0.02W)
-7dBm
8MHz, 16MHz, 32MHz, 64MHza
Receiver Threshold (BER=10-6)
Maximum RSL
Non-overlapping channels
Regulatory Compliance
FCC ID
IC ID
Emission Designator(s)
dBm
Mode 1
Mode 2
8MHz
-86
-78
16MHz
-83
-75
32MHz
-80
-72
64MHz*
-77
-69
Mode 1: -25dBm error-free; 0dBm no damage
8MHz: 29; 16MHz: 14; 32MHz: 7; 64MHza: 3
FCC 15.407; IC RSS-210; ACMA
TTM-105P25M
6254A-105P25R
8MHz
8M3W7D
16MHz
16M7W7D
32MHz
33M0W7D
64MHz*
65M0W7D
a. A firmware option is required to enable 64MHz BW in jurisdictions where it is permitted. For some
regulatory domains, the 8MHz Bandwidth setting displays as 10MHz, and the 16MHz Bandwidth setting displays as 20MHz.
50000001
2008-05-09
73
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
System Specifications, 5.8GHz Band
Frequency Band
Tunable Range
Output Power (at full power)
Output Power (at minimum power)
Selectable Channel Bandwidths
5725 to 5850 MHz
5731 to 5844 MHz
+24dBm (0.25W), Mode 1
+21dBm (0.13W), Mode 2
+4dBm
8MHz, 16MHz, 32MHz, 64MHza
Receiver Threshold (BER=10-6)
Maximum RSL
Non-overlapping channels
Regulatory Compliance
FCC ID
IC ID
Emission Designator(s)
(dBm)
Mode 1
Mode 2
8MHz
-86
-78
16MHz
-83
-75
32MHz
-80
-72
64MHz*
-77
-69
Mode 1: -25dBm error-free; 0dBm no damage
8MHz: 15; 16MHz: 7; 32MHz: 3; 64MHza: 1
FCC 15.247; IC RSS-210; ACMA
TTM-105P25M
6254A-105P25R
8MHz
8M4W7D
16MHz
16M7W7D
32MHz
33M1W7D
64MHz*
64M5W7D
a. A firmware option is required to enable 64MHz BW in jurisdictions where it is permitted. For some
regulatory domains, the 8MHz Bandwidth setting displays as 10MHz, and the 16MHz Bandwidth setting displays as 20MHz.
74
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Interfaces
RF (x2, EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP)
Connector
Impedance
N-type female
50 Ohms
TDM (x2, 2 interfaces each; not activated on the IP versions)
Connector
T1 Impedance
T1 Line Codes
T1 LBO Settings (in ft.)
T1 Clocking Speed
T1 Compliance
E1 Impedance
E1 Line Codes
E1 Clocking Speed
E1 Compliance
RJ-45 (RJ48C), female
100 Ohms, balanced
AMI, B8ZS, selectable
0-133, 133-266, 266-399, 399-533, 533-655
1.544 Mbps
ANSI T1.102-1987; ITU-T; G.823; GR-49T-CORE
120 Ohms, balanced
HDB3
2.048 Mbps
CEPT-1; G.703; ITU-T-G703
Ethernet
Connectors
Interface Speed
Duplex
Compliance
RJ-45, female, auto-MDIX
10 or 100 Mbps
Half, full, auto, selectable
802.3
Sync-In
Connector
Signal
RJ-45, female
1pps (GPS)
Power — Power Injector
Connector
Input Voltage
Consumption
6-pin barrier strip
48VDC
<60 W (1.25A)
Integrated Antenna
Gain, EX-5r, EX-5r IP (midband)
Gain, EX-4.9r (midband)
3dB Beamwidth
Polarization
24dBi
23dBi
9 degrees
Switch-selectable vertical or horizontal
Integrated Antenna—Legacy Models (EX-4.9r, EX-5r, and EX-5r IP)
Gain (midband)
20dBi
3dB Beamwidth
15 degrees
Polarization
Switch-selectable vertical or horizontal
50000001
2008-05-09
75
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Interface Connections
This section provides the pin number assignment and wiring information for the connectors on the
r-Series radios. All connectors are shown as viewed from the radio front panel, as shown in Figure 40.
Figure 40 r-Series connector orientation
TDM Connections
There are two connectors for TDM; each connector has two TDM circuits available. Figure 41
illustrates the pin orientation and functionality of these connectors. These connectors are disabled on
the IP version radios.
Pin
Function
1
Tip Out (from radio) – Ch.1 & 2
2
Ring Out (from radio) – Ch.1 & 2
3
Tip Out (from radio) – Ch.3 & 4
4
Tip In (to radio) – Ch.1 & 2
5
Ring In (to radio) – Ch.1 & 2
6
Ring Out (from radio) – Ch.3 & 4
7
Tip In (to radio) – Ch.3 & 4
8
Ring In (to radio) – Ch.3 & 4
Figure 41 TDM connectors
RSL & GPS Sync Connector
This connector can be used during the antenna alignment process, to provide a received signal level
(RSL) voltage to a voltmeter. The connector is also used for connection to an optional Exalt GPS
antenna for the purposes of GPS synchronization. Figure 42 illustrates the pin orientation and
functionality for this connector.
76
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Pin
Function
1
+5V out to GPS antenna
2
Ground
3
Tx Data to GPS antenna
4
Enable signal to GPS antenna
5
Rx Data from GPS antenna
6
1pps signal from GPS antenna
7
Received Signal Level (RSL)
8
Unused
Figure 42 RSL & GPS connector
Power/Ethernet Connector
This connector is the primary connector on the radio, and must be connected to provide power to the
radio, and primary Ethernet communications for traffic and Ethernet. Figure 43 illustrates the pin
orientation and functionality for this connector.
The Ethernet connector implements Auto-MDIX, and therefore either ‘straight’ or ‘crossover’
Ethernet cables may be used, independent of the wiring of the connected device. The wiring follows
typical wiring for Power-over-Ethernet (PoE), however the power consumption requirement for the
r-Series radio does not allow for ‘standard’ (802.3af) PoE, and only the Exalt power injector shall be
used. In addition, the Exalt power injector provides critical reset and alarm capability that would not be
available from a generic PoE injector, even if the power consumption requirement is met.
Pin
Function
1
Paired with Pin 2
2
Paired with Pin 1
3
Paired with Pin 6
4
+DC Power (48V) In
5
+DC Power (48V) In
6
Paired with Pin 3
7
-DC Power (48V) In
8
-DC Power (48V) In
Figure 43 Power/Ethernet connector
50000001
2008-05-09
77
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Antennas
Table 7 lists antennas supported by the EX-5r models for use in the USA. In some countries, antennas
exceeding a certain level of gain may be unlawful. Refer to RF Output Power Setting for details on
regulatory limits.
Table 7 Supported antennas
Manufacturer
Model #
Description
Midband Gain (dBi)
3dB (Azimuth/Elevation)
Beamwidth (degrees)
Andrew
P2F-52-N
2-foot Dish
29.4
5.4
Andrew
PX2F-52-N
2-foot Xpol Dish
29.4
5.4
Andrew
P3F-52-N
3-foot Dish
33.4
3.8
Andrew
PX3F-52-N
3-foot Xpol Dish
33.4
3.8
Andrew
P4F-52-N
4-foot Dish
34.9
3.0
Andrew
PX4F-52-N
4-foot Xpol Dish
34.9
3.0
Andrew
HP2F-52-
2-foot HP Dish
29.0
5.4
Andrew
HPX2F-52-
2-foot Xpol HP
29.0
5.4
Andrew
HP3F-52-
3-foot HP Dish
33.0
3.8
Andrew
HPX3F-52-
3-foot Xpol HP
33.0
3.8
Andrew
HP4F-52-
4-foot HP Dish
34.5
3.0
Andrew
HPX4F-52-
4-foot Xpol HP
34.5
3.0
Andrew
HP6F-52-
6-foot HP Dish
37.2
1.8
Andrew
HPX6F-52-
6-foot Xpol HP
37.2
1.8
Andrew
FPA5250D06
6-inch Panel
18.0
19.3
Andrew
FPA5250D12
1-foot Panel
23.6
9.6
Exalt
(Integral)
1-foot Xpol Panel
20.0
15.0
Gabriel
DFPS.5-52
6-inch Panel
18.0
19.0
Gabriel
DFPD1-52
1-foot Panel
23.5
9.4
Gabriel
DFPD2-52
2-foot Panel
28.0
4.6
Gabriel
QF2-52-N
2-foot Dish
28.5
5.6
Gabriel
QF2.5-52-N
2.5-foot Dish
31.2
4.4
Gabriel
QF4-52-N
4-foot Dish
34.8
2.7
Gabriel
QFD2-52
2-foot Xpol Dish
28.4
5.6
Gabriel
QFD2.5-52
2.5-foot Xpol Dish
31.1
4.4
Gabriel
QFD4-52
4-foot Xpol Dish
34.7
2.7
Gabriel
HQF2-52-N
2-foot HP Dish
28.2
5.7
Gabriel
HQF4-52-N
4-foot HP Dish
34.4
2.8
Gabriel
HQF6-52-N
6-foot HP Dish
37.4
1.9
Gabriel
HQFD2-52
2-foot Xpol HP
28.1
5.7
Gabriel
HQFD2.5-52
2.5-foot Xpol HP
30.7
4.5
Gabriel
HQFD4-52
4-foot Xpol HP
34.3
2.8
Gabriel
HQFD6-52
6-foot Xpol HP
37.3
1.9
MTI
MT-485001
7.5-inch Panel
19.0
18.0
MTI
MT-485002
1-foot Panel
23.0
9.0
MTI
MT-486004
18-inch Panel
26.0
6.0
78
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table 7 Supported antennas (Continued)
Manufacturer
Model #
Description
Midband Gain (dBi)
3dB (Azimuth/Elevation)
Beamwidth (degrees)
MTI
MT-486001
2-foot Panel
28.0
4.5
MTI
MT-485005
7.5-inch Xpol
18.0
17.0
MTI
MT-485025
15-inch Xpol Panel
23.0
9.0
Radio Waves
FP.5-5-18
6-inch Panel
18.0
20.0
Radio Waves
FP1-5-24
1-foot Panel
23.8
10.0
Radio Waves
FP2-5-28
2-foot Panel
28.0
4.5
Radio Waves
FPD.5-5-18
6-inch Xpol Panel
18.0
20.0
Radio Waves
SP1-5.2
1-foot Dish
22.5
11.1
Radio Waves
SP2-5.2
2-foot Dish
29.0
6.1
Radio Waves
HP2-5.2
2-foot HP Dish
28.6
6.1
Radio Waves
SP3-5.2
3-foot Dish
32.0
4.0
Radio Waves
SP4-5.2
4-foot Dish
34.8
3.0
Radio Waves
SPD2-5.2
2-foot Xpol Dish
28.1
6.2
Radio Waves
SPD3-5.2
3-foot Xpol Dish
31.1
4.2
Radio Waves
SPD4-5.2
4-foot Xpol Dish
34.4
3.1
Radio Waves
SPD6-5.2
6-foot Xpol Dish
37.5
2.1
RFS
SPF2-52A
2-foot Dish
27.9
6.2
RFS
SPF3-52A
3-foot Dish
31.4
4.2
RFS
SPF4-52A
4-foot Dish
33.9
3.1
RFS
SPF6-52A
6-foot Dish
37.4
2.1
RFS
SDF4-52A
4-foot HP Dish
33.9
3.1
RFS
SDF6-52A
6-foot HP Dish
37.4
2.1
RFS
MA0528-
7.5-inch Panel
19.0
18.0
RFS
MA0528-
1-foot Panel
23.0
9.0
RFS
MA0528-
2-foot Panel
28.0
4.5
50000001
2008-05-09
79
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Troubleshooting
This section provides information regarding troubleshooting of common issues and alarms on these
radios. Exalt Digital Microwave Radio systems are designed by Exalt’s expert engineers with
extensive experience through multiple generations of microwave radio design. These new-generation
systems contain extensive diagnostic tools, alarm indications, and troubleshooting aids. And, as
compared to other systems in their class, are easier to install, maintain, and troubleshoot. The GUI
provides information to aid in troubleshooting (see Diagnostic Charts Page).
Contact Exalt Customer Care for further assistance with issues with your Exalt radio and with
suggestions on how the radio and documentation can be improved.
General Practices
Troubleshooting a microwave radio link can be a complex task. Approach troubleshooting as a process
of elimination, and first determine which portions of the system are operating properly.
In a vast majority of cases, failures or poor performance of microwave links is attributed to something
other than the microwave radio hardware. In this respect, the back-to-back bench test (see Back-toback Bench Testing) is very important to determine if radio hardware is operating properly and
eliminate many variables in the troubleshooting process.
If a back-to-back bench test fails, then the radio hardware is either broken or the radios are improperly
configured. Upgrade the radio to the most current release of firmware, and/or reset the radio to its
critical factory settings, following the quick start guide instructions and those in Configuration and
Management, helps to confirm if configuration issues cause failure. The most common issues with
microwave radio links are:
•
An improperly terminated RF cable
•
Multipath propagation
•
RF interference
•
Path obstruction
•
Misaligned antenna
•
Faulty antenna
•
Improper grounding
•
Insufficient link margin in the design/implementation
•
Moisture in the transmission system (antenna feed and/or RF cable)
If the radio link has been operating without issues and is exhibiting new poor performance behavior or
becomes completely inoperative, the troubleshooting process should pay close attention to any
conditions that may have changed between the time when the system was working without issue and
the time when the issues started.
Also, it can be helpful to compare some performance parameters of the system before and after the
presence of issues. Often the source of the issues can be determined by thoughtful consideration of
changes, such as:
•
Changes in weather, including high winds
•
Changes made to the radio equipment, transmission system, or connected equipment
•
New radio systems or electronic equipment the nearby radio or transmission system
80
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
New construction nearby either end of the link, or along the path
•
Tree growth, flooded fields, or changes in rivers/lakes along the path
Verify that configurations are set as follows:
•
RF matches at each end of the link
•
Bandwidth matches at each end of the link
•
Link distance matches at each end of the link
•
TDD Frame Length matches at each end of the link
•
Endpoint Identifier is different at each end of the link (one end Radio A, one end Radio B)
•
Ethernet interfaces are enabled, as desired
•
AUX Ethernet is set for in-band or out-of-band NMS, as desired
•
T1/E1 enabling matches at each end of the link
•
Link security key matches at each end of the link
Also, use the ExaltCalc tool in the design phase to determine the optimum setting for the Bandwidth
and TDD Frame Length parameters for the given link distance, and provides guidance to the expected
RF link performance, as well as throughput, latency, and number of supported T1/E1 circuits.
Typical Indications of Issues
In many cases, microwave radio users do not notice changes or degradation to the radio system until
the radio system fails completely or becomes highly errored or significantly intermittent. However,
regular management of the radio system can help indicate changes in performance that have not yet
impacted user performance, but may impact performance at a later date if left unchecked or
unaddressed. The administrator can use this as an opportunity to be proactive and monitor the radio
link performance regularly, watching for unexplained or unexpected changes in performance and
trends in performance changes.
Most importantly, monitoring radio system RSL over time indicates the performance of the radio
system. Address any long-term drop in RSL and erratic or unsteady RSL. Some RSL changes are
expected and weather patterns and the related multipath can cause dramatic RSL changes resulting in
system outage. However, that outage should not occur at a significantly greater rate than the designed
long-term performance. Consult the path design engineer for more information about link reliability
expectations and anticipated RSL deviation.
In addition, regular inspection of the transmission system (RF cables and antennas) and paying close
attention to changes along the path, such as construction or tree height, or new microwave radio
installations nearby, can be extremely helpful and proactive.
When link performance is very poor, alarms on the radio front panel and within the radio’s
management system indicates particular failures. Consult this manual for more information on the
specific alarms and diagnostics, or contact Exalt Customer Care for assistance.
Exalt Customer Care is primarily motivated to determine if the radio hardware is faulty and require
return for repair, and to help execute an effective and efficient repair and return process for radio
terminals believed to be faulty. However, Exalt Customer Care provides advice regarding the total
radio system and RF path engineering and environment, and advises on troubleshooting.
End users should first contact the installer and/or designer of the system. In many cases, an in-depth
understanding of RF design is required, and on-site analysis and special test equipment, may be
50000001
2008-05-09
81
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
necessary. Compared to phone support from Exalt Customer Care, troubleshooting is much more
expeditious if the professional installer and/or link designer examines the system and reviews the
management information in the GUI. In turn, if the professional installer and/or link designer contacts
Exalt Customer Care, the process to rectify the system is much more expedient due to the in-depth
knowledge related to the implementation and the RF environment.
Improper RF Cable Termination
Improper RF cable termination is a very common problem. In many cases, this is a problem that occurs
during installation and is not a problem that suddenly appears. However, if cables are moved or flexed,
especially near the termination points, and radio errors, changes in RSL, or other performance issues
occur, this is a certain sign of this issue.
Another relatively easy method to test for this condition is to decrease the output power of the radio
system (at each end, one end at a time). A poor RF cable termination may be reflecting too much RF
energy back into the radio system, and reducing output power reduces the reflected energy at a faster
rate than the transmitted energy towards the far end. Be careful not to reduce the output power to the
point where the radio’s threshold is reached. Typically, a reduction of just 3 to 6dB is enough to
determine if this is the issue. If the reduction of output power clears the error condition, this is the
likely cause.
Use a reflectometer or meter that can read VSWR at the operating frequency to identify poor
terminations as well as poor antenna feeds.
Note: The Praxsym VSWR meter is an excellent tool for this purpose.
Multipath Propagation
Multipath propagation is a term that encompasses changes to the RF path, such as reflections and/or
refraction, causing partial or complete destruction of the radio signal, and thus excessive bit errors and/
or system outages.
Rapid changes in temperature, inversion layers, humidity, air pressure, water evaporation, as well as
standing water or moisture on objects along the path are all examples of changes that can cause
multipath propagation. New building construction near either end of the path or along the path can
cause new reflection characteristics.
If your system has been operating without issue and is suddenly experiencing issues that are
symptomatic of a certain time of day or related to change in climatic events or some of the external
factors listed above, this is likely the cause. Consult a professional RF path engineer in these cases.
Often, minor repositioning of the antennas at either or both ends can reduce or eliminate these
problems.
RF Interference
RF interference is usually indicative of another radio system nearby either end of your radio system or
aimed towards one or both ends of your radio system – usually at or near the same frequency and
usually with a similar signal level.
Other forms of RF interference also exist, such as electronic equipment placed close to the radio
chassis or transmitters that couple onto the cabling or grounding system of the radio. Microwave ovens
and wireless communication devices used near the equipment or cabling are examples of electronic
equipment interference.
82
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Note: Exalt Digital Microwave Radios operate in license-exempt bands. Microwave ovens,
wireless Internet devices and cordless phone technology may also use this frequency band. It
may be necessary to separate the radio chassis, cabling system and antenna from these
devices.
RF interference, like most other causes of problems, is indicated by significant bit errors and/or system
outages.
One means to determine presence of interference is the use of a spectrum analyzer that covers the same
range as the radio system. A professional RF engineer can use a spectrum analyzer to locate sources of
interference, measure these sources, and determine potential remedies to take to operate in the
presence of interference.
If a spectrum analyzer is not available, the radio’s RSL port can help determine RSL levels of
interfering signals. By turning the far-end radio off, the residual RSL measured by the radio indicates
the level of interference seen by the radio. It is possible that interference levels below that which can
be measured still have an impact on the radio system – especially if the radio system has low fade
margin or is using a high order modulation.
Exalt Digital Microwave Radios provides considerable flexibility to tune to different frequencies
across the bands within which they operate. This is the easiest method to use to try to avoid existing
interference. In addition, the occupied bandwidth of the radio can be reduced. This, along with retuning, can be very effective, however throughput is reduced.
Repositioning the antenna and/or changing polarization, or upgrading the antenna to a higher gain,
and/or using a high-performance antenna, are all secondary means that can be used. It may be
necessary to perform combinations of both radio changes (retuning, occupied bandwidth reduction)
and antenna system changes (position, polarization, upgrade).
The EX-4.9r and EX-4.9r-c radios operate under licensed regulations. If interference is suspected, the
local frequency coordination organization, or other users of the spectrum should be consulted before
re-tuning the radio to a different frequency channel.
Path Obstruction
A path obstruction is defined as an object, such as a building or tree, impeding the proper path of the
radio system. If the system design was proper at the time of installation and issues arise at a later date,
an updated path profile and survey may be necessary to identify changes in path clearance.
Misaligned Antenna
At the time of initial installation, it is critical that the antennas at each end are properly aligned and that
the designed RSL is achieved. However, antennas may become misaligned due to high winds, changes
in the guy-wiring systems keeping the antenna mast stable, or loosening of the antenna mounting
hardware. A reduction in the RSL of the link is symptomatic of this condition, but this condition is not
the only condition that results in a reduction of RSL. However, if conditions occur where the antenna
alignment may be suspected, the mechanics must be inspected and the antennas realigned.
Faulty Antenna (EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP)
A faulty antenna is rare, but is still a possibility. In some cases, the mechanics of the antenna feed can
get moisture inside, or a bad or weak connection in the pin and connector structure of the antenna may
occur. A VSWR measurement of the antenna connection can be made to verify this condition.
50000001
2008-05-09
83
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Improper Grounding
In addition to being a potential human safety issue, improper system grounding is a somewhat
common condition that can cause continuous bit errors or bit errors when metal objects come in
contact with the radio, transmission system, or racking system. If touching the radio causes errors,
grounding is the cause. It can be difficult to identify grounding problems, but a professional electrician
can normally inspect a system and identify if there are deficiencies in the grounding system.
Insufficient Link Margin
Ideally, the link was designed with enough link margin (fade margin) to allow for multipath
propagation and atmospheric fading and still remain reliable. In some cases, link margin is
compromised by economic factors, such as using low-cost RF cabling or lower-cost antennas that have
less gain or deficient performance compared to higher cost transmission system components. In some
cases, there may be antenna size restrictions that forced the design to not have the desired amount of
link margin.
If the link was designed with poor link margin, there are likely many cases of bit errors and outages.
The antenna system and transmission line can be upgraded to help reduce this. If the link design was
installed with sufficient margin, but RSL is reduced, the remaining link margin may no longer be
enough to maintain a reliable link. The causes of RSL reduction were previously described, but are
usually due to new path obstruction(s) or antenna misalignment due to wind or mechanical factors. The
antenna height or location can be changed to overcome new obstructions. Realignment of the antenna,
and/or improvement to mechanical structures can help overcome antenna misalignment.
Moisture in the Transmission System
If the connectors on cables and antennas and egress junctions are not properly weatherproofed,
moisture can get into the transmission system and cause significant error conditions and erratic
performance. In many cases, the transmission system must be replaced. A VSWR meter is one means
to identify such issues. Conduct physical inspections often. If changes to the weatherproofing (such as
cracking) are noticed, replace the weatherproofing before leakage occurs.
84
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Back-to-back Bench Testing
Use back-to-back bench testing to test the radio before installation, pre-configure the radio and
connected equipment before installation, or in the troubleshooting process to identify if the radio
hardware is the source of a system issue. It is a critical process, and often required or highly desirable
for any installation or troubleshooting exercise. This section describes how to properly configure the
radio hardware and accessories for a proper back-to-back bench test.
For radio testing, there are two types of back-to-back configurations:
1
Basic test (test general operation)
2
Specification performance verification
Basic Test
The basic test is a simple test of radio functionality. It verifies that the radios are properly configured to
communicate to one another, and verifies general radio performance as operational.
For the basic test, the following items are needed:
•
Radio pair
•
Powering source
•
RF interconnect cable(s) (any length – short is best)
•
Fixed or variable attenuation, between 60 and 90dB (note: attenuation for basic test does not to be
calibrated or precise)
•
Computer/terminal with either serial or Ethernet port (helpful, but not necessary)
–
If no computer is available, use the temporary hardware configuration key or DIP switch,
depending on radio model (see Initial Configuration and Back-to-Back Bench Test)
Connect the items as follows:
1
Connect attenuation and (known-good) RF cable(s) between radio pair, shown in .
2
Configure one radio as Radio A; the other as Radio B
3
Power on radio pair
Figure 44 Basic back-to-back bench test configuration
After connecting and powering on, observe the front panel LEDs to verify that the LINK and STATUS
LEDs are green. If so, the radios are communicating and all radio-related alarm conditions are normal.
50000001
2008-05-09
85
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
It can be beneficial to have a computer to verify configuration in case of red LEDs or to pre-configure
the radio as desired for operation. Follow the instructions in .
Specification Performance Verification
The specification performance verification is a more detailed test that allows you to verify that the
radio’s output power and threshold specifications are being met. This is typically a test that would only
be performed in a troubleshooting scenario, but can be performed before installation to provide a
detailed record or ensure radio performance before installation.
This test is identical to the basic test, but in place of the fixed attenuation, it requires the use of
calibrated variable attenuation, or a set of calibrated fixed attenuators, or a combination of both, adding
to a total attenuation value of 120dB, as measured at the operating frequency of the radio. In addition,
a volt meter or computer is also required.
Connect the system as shown in Figure 44, using the combination of fixed and variable attenuation
between the radio’s RF ports. Connect the volt meter to either radio’s RSL test point and associated
reference ground connection.
In this test, it is desirable to use pre-tested RF cables, known to be good, and the insertion loss is
known at the operating frequency. If the cables are short (6'/2m or less), you can estimate the loss,
including connectors, to be less than 1dB each. The estimate of cable loss is critical to the overall
confidence of the measurements made in this test.
There are two critical specifications that can be tested in this configuration:
•
RF output power
•
Radio receiver threshold
To measure transmitter output power, simply insert any value of attenuation between the radios
between 60 and 90dB. Ensure that both RF output power settings are at maximum. Use the volt meter
to measure RSL in both directions. The RSL measured value should match the appropriate value
according to the inserted attenuation, such as:
RSL = RF Output Power – cabling losses – total attenuation
Verify output power by adjusting output power using the Exalt GUI (in administration mode) and
evaluate the corresponding change to the RSL measurement.
For threshold testing, the key is to insert a measured amount of loss that is close to, but not exceeding
the radio’s specified system gain. System gain is the difference between RF output power and receiver
threshold. At your selected modulation and bandwidth settings, determine the specified threshold
performance, and choose a value of attenuation (including cable losses) that adds to roughly 5 to 15dB
less than the system gain.
For example, for the EX-2.4i, if the threshold for your measurement is -85dBm, the output power is
+27dBm, so the system gain is 112dB. Choose a value of total attenuation in the range of roughly 100–
105dB. Once this attenuation is inserted, verify RSL readings as in the first step, and then, using the
GUI, reduce radio output power in 1dB steps until the receiving radio (the one whose output power not
being adjusted) Link LED turns from green to yellow. This indicates that threshold has been reached.
At this point, verify the equation for system gain using the new output power level setting and verify
that the threshold performance is meeting or exceeding the published specification.
Note: Due to the variation of measurements and accuracies involved in this test, you may
read a measurement that is 1dB to as much as 2dB off of the expected value. It should be of
no concern unless the value is more than 3dB worse than expected.
86
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
General Compliance and Safety
The usage of radio transmission devices is subject to specific regulatory requirements governed by
regional legislation. In most cases, the specific device must be authorized for use in a given country
and must be installed and adjusted in accordance with specific radio-frequency settings and in a
manner that has been authorized specific to the device itself in accordance with the specific location of
the device. Some users may be completely or partially restricted from use of the device. Please consult
local governmental agency/agencies for regulatory requirements before use, or contact Exalt or your
Exalt authorized dealer for assistance.
Do not modify this device in any way without the express written consent of Exalt. Modification voids
the manufacturer warranty, and may also be illegal in accordance to government regulations. In
addition, there are no user-serviceable parts or assemblies inside the product housing. There may also
be voltages, signals, and mechanisms within the device that could be harmful to human safety.
The mounting of this device and associated peripherals and connections (inclusive of antenna mast,
antenna, cabling, egress, lightning protection devices, grounding, power, and so on) may be subject to
regional requirements for health and human safety. A qualified professional installer and an electrician
are highly recommended, and may be required by law.
50000001
2008-05-09
87
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Dynamic Frequency Selection
Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) may be required by regional legislation in some frequency bands
to avoid causing interference to radar systems. Prior to the start of any transmission, the device
equipped with DFS monitors the spectrum and is not permitted to transmit on a part of the spectrum
that is already in use for radar transmissions for a period of 30 minutes. During operation of the device,
the spectrum is continually monitored by the DFS to detect if radar begins transmission on a frequency
that is being used by the device to transmit on. If the DFS software detects radar, the device must move
off channel within a specified time period so that the device transmission does not interfere with the
radar transmission. The device equipped with DFS is required to stay off that part of the spectrum for a
minimum of 30 minutes, after which time the device may then check the spectrum for radar
transmissions and begin transmitting if no radar is detected.
88
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Safety Notices
1
Review this entire guide for important installation instructions BEFORE attempting to install this
product.
2
This product is intended to be installed, used, and maintained by experienced telecommunications
personnel only.
3
Employ a properly licensed or authorized electrician to install or evaluate/certify the installation of
all power and grounding related to the use of this equipment and all connected devices.
4
The device(s) shall only be connected to AC power sources provided by the supplier or to DC
sources within the device specifications. Use a separate breaker circuit at the power source.
5
Lightning, surge protection devices, and earth grounding are required for most installations to
ensure human safety. Consult a qualified electrician.
6
Servicing of this device should be performed by authorized personnel only. Do not disassemble
this device. By opening or removing any covers you may expose yourself to hazardous energy
parts. Incorrect reassembly of this product can cause a malfunction, and/or electrical shock, when
the unit is subsequently used.
7
Do not connect or disconnect the power connection to the device when the power supply is
plugged into an AC outlet. To connect, first connect the power connection to the device, and then
apply power (or plug in) at the outlet. To disconnect, disengage power at the outlet or unplug, and
then disconnect the direct connection to the device.
8
Do not insert any object of any shape or size inside this product at any time, whether powered or
not. Objects may contact hazardous energy components that could result in a risk of fire or
personal injury.
9
Liquids shall not come in contact with, or enter the inside of the device at any time.
10 Proper ventilation and/or airflow shall be provided surrounding the equipment. Items shall not
come in contact with heat-sinking materials. Ensure that ambient operational and storage
temperature specifications are maintained at all times.
11 Equipment is suitable for mounting on noncombustible surfaces only.
12 Do not move or alter the marking labels.
13 A CSU or similar isolating device is necessary between the equipment and the public
telecommunications network. The equipment has not been evaluated for direct connection to the
public telecommunications network.
50000001
2008-05-09
89
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Regulatory Notices
The following notices apply to the EX-5r, EX-5r IP, EX-5r-c, and EX-5r-c IP version radios and
generally apply to the EX-4.9r versions.
4.9GHz Models
The EX-4.9r and EX-4.9r-c are licensed-band products operating within Part 90 of the FCC
regulations and RSS-111 of Industry Canada. These bands are specifically reserved for Public Safety
applications and related agencies, in accordance with these regulations.
Professional installation is required, and transmitter power reduction may be required, depending on
transmission system gains and losses.
United States Compliance
The r-Series product families operate under FCC Rule Parts 15.247 and/or 15.407 as a license-exempt
device. The EX-4.9r products operate under FCC Rule Part 90 as a licensed device. They may only be
used as a point-to-point transmission device for fixed or temporary-fixed (non-mobile) installations.
The devices are subject to the following restrictions:
•
Do not use external amplifiers to boost the power or overcome transmission system losses, unless
the specific amplifier/cable/antenna combination has expressly been authorized by the FCC. The
output power must never exceed +30 dBm.
•
Cross-border transmissions are expressly prohibited, except with written permission from both the
FCC and the governing body of the neighboring country (Cofetel for Mexico; Industry Canada for
Canada).
•
Use only parabolic dish antennas or directional flat-panel antennas. No other types of antennas
(omni-directional, yagi, and so on) are authorized. Parabolic dishes of either grid or solid type are
allowed. Maximum mid-band gain of each type of antenna certified is:
–
–
EX-4.9r models:
–
Parabolic dish: 26dBi (larger gains are allowed, with Tx power reduction)
–
Directional flat panel: 26 dBi (larger gains are allowed, with Tx power reduction)
EX-5r models:
–
Parabolic dish: 37.9 dBi (6'/1.8m diameter)
–
Directional flat panel: 28 dBi (~2'/61cm square)
Federal Communications Commission (FCC), United States
The device is allowed to be used provided it does not cause interference to other devices. It is not
guaranteed to provide protection against interference from other electronic and radio devices.
The system has been tested and found to comply with the limits of a class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try
to correct the interference by one of more of the following measures:
90
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
•
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
•
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
•
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
•
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Shielded cables and I/O cords must be used for this equipment to comply with the relevant FCC
regulations.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved in writing by Exalt may void the user’s authority to
operate this equipment.
This device must be professionally installed.
To comply with regulations, the output power of this device may need to be adjusted in accordance to
the associated transmission system. See RF Output Power Setting for details.
The antenna associated with this device shall be mounted in a location that is at least 10.5'/3.2m away
from humans that may be subject to long-term or continuous exposure.
Canada Compliance
The EX-5r models operate under RSS-210 of Industry Canada regulations. The EX-4.9r models
operate under RSS-111 of Industry Canada regulations. Operation is subject to the following
conditions, unless express permission is granted by Industry Canada to operate in a different manner:
•
External amplifiers cannot be used to boost the power or to overcome transmission system losses,
unless the specific amplifier/cable/antenna combination is expressly authorized by Industry
Canada.
•
Cross-border transmissions are expressly prohibited, except with written permission from both
Industry Canada and the governing body of the neighboring country (FCC for USA)
•
Only parabolic dish antennas or directional flat-panel antennas may be used. No other types of
antennas (omni-directional, yagi, and so on) are authorized. Parabolic dishes of either grid or solid
type are allowed. Maximum gain of each type of antenna allowed is:
–
–
EX-4.9r models:
–
Parabolic dish: 26 dBi (larger gains are allowed with Tx power reduction)
–
Directional flat panel: 26 dBi (larger gains are allowed with Tx power reduction)
EX-5r models:
–
Parabolic dish: 37.9 dBi (6'/1.8m diameter)
–
Directional flat panel: 28 dBi (~2'/61cm square)
Industry Canada (IC), Canada
This Class B Digital apparatus meets all the requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing
Equipment Regulations.
Cet appareil numerique de la classe B respecte les exigences du Reglement sur le material broilleur du
Canada.
50000001
2008-05-09
91
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1
this device may not cause interference, and
2
this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
Antennas Supported in Canada
The EX-5r Series radios are designed to operate with the antennas listed in Table 7, which have a
maximum gain of 37.5dBi. Antennas not included in the list or having a gain greater than 37.5dBi are
strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is 50 Ohms.
Europe and ITU Country Compliance
All of these permitted devices must be professionally installed. They can only be used as a point-topoint transmission device for fixed or temporary-fixed (non-mobile) installations.
Note: Do not use external amplifiers to boost the power or overcome transmission system
losses, unless the specific amplifier/cable/antenna combination has expressly been
authorized by the specific country regulations. The output power must never exceed that
specified in Specifications.
The EX-4.9r devices are currently not permitted in any EU member or affiliate countries.
The EX-5r product family operates under EN 301 893 and EN 302 502 rules as a license-exempt
device.
The EX-5r product family complies with ETS 301 893 for the 5.3 and 5.47 GHz bands for licenseexempt use for most countries recognizing ETSI or ITU band assignments. This band is not yet
harmonized for all countries recognizing ETSI or ITU band assignments. These bands require
Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and Transmitter Power Control (TPC) for radar-detection and
avoidance. There is a +30dBm EIRP limit applied to this band. Transmitter power must be adjusted
accordingly with respect to the RF cabling losses and antenna gains associated with each terminal.
The EX-5r product family complies with ETS 302 502 for the 5.8 GHz band. This band is not yet
harmonized for all countries recognizing ETSI or ITU band assignments. Consult the individual
country regulations or your Exalt Communications representative for details. This band requires DFS
and TPC for radar-detection and avoidance. There is a +33dBm EIRP limit for use of the 10 MHz BW
setting, and a +36dBm EIRP limit for use of the 20 MHz BW setting. Some countries limit the EIRP to
+5dBm for all bandwidths in this band.
All models comply with the requirements for CE Mark (EN 60950-1 and IEC 60950-1) and EMC (EN
301 489-17). No substitutions shall be made, and all wiring and grounding instructions contained in
this manual must be followed to ensure safety in accordance to the standards and local rules.
92
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Regulatory Compliance
As of this printing, Exalt Communications, Inc. has approvals for the products that are covered by this
manual, as indicated in Table 8. If your application or country is not listed, check with your Sales
Representative for the current status.
Table 8 Product Approvals
Country
EX-4.9r Series
EX-5r Series, 5.3 GHz
EX-5r Series, 5.4 GHz
EX-5r Series, 5.8 GHz
D
D
D
Australia
D
D
Belgium
D
Austria
D
D
Cyprus
D
D
Czech Republic
D
D
D
Denmark
D
D
D
Estonia
D
D
Finland
D
D
France
D
D
D
Germany
D
D
D
Ghana
D
D
Great Britain
D
D
D
Hungary
D
D
D
Iceland
D
D
D
Ireland
D
D
D
Italy
D
D
D
Liechtenstein
D
D
D
Lithuania
D
D
D
Luxembourg
D
D
Canada
D
D
Malta
Mexico
D
Netherlands
D
D
Norway
D
D
Philippines
D
Poland
D
D
D
Portugal
D
D
D
50000001
2008-05-09
D
D
D
93
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table 8 Product Approvals (Continued)
Country
EX-5r Series, 5.3 GHz
EX-5r Series, 5.4 GHz
EX-5r Series, 5.8 GHz
Romania
D
D
D
Slovak Republic
D
D
D
Slovenia
D
D
Spain
D
D
D
Sweden
D
D
D
Switzerland
D
D
D
Turkey
D
D
D
D
D
D
United States
94
EX-4.9r Series
x
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Regulatory Domain Keys
Exalt radios are designed to allow the professional installer to select frequency bands, determine signal
bandwidths, tune center frequencies, limit output power, and enable or disable DFS options as
permitted by regional regulations. For models with the Regulatory Domain Key (RDK) feature, the
radios ship with the RDK information empty and the radio cannot be enabled without a valid key. The
partner, distributor, or installer is responsible for installing the RDK based on the final installation
country of the radio. Exalt issues RDK information to their distributors when ship-to country
information is provided. Consult your local Exalt distributor or reseller to obtain the RDK.
Countries are assigned to different regulatory domains based on current regulatory requirements. Each
regulatory domain has the parameters set to ensure that when the radio is turned on, the default settings
are complaint for local laws.
Caution! It is critical that the RDK be set to the correct default setting so that the local
regulations for the installation requirements are met.
Regulatory Domain Keys are assigned by regulatory domain based on the local regulations.
Table 9 Regulatory Domain Keys
Regulatory Domain
Key Name
Frequency
Band(s)
Countries
049A0
4.9GHz
USA, Canada
053A0
5.3GHz,
5.4GHz,
5.8GHz
USA (prior to July 20, 2007), Canada (prior to May 8, 2008),
Singapore, Philippines
053A1
5.3GHz,
5.4GHz,
5.8GHz
USA (after July 20, 2007), Canada (after May 8, 2008)
053A2
5.8GHz
China
053A3
5.3GHz,
5.8GHz
Mexico
053A4
5.3GHz,
5.4GHz,
5.8GHz
EU, Ghana
053A5
5.4GHz,
5.8GHz
Australia
053A6
5.3GHz,
5.4GHz,
5.8GHz
Philippines
50000001
2008-05-09
95
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EIRP Limits for the United States and Canada
Note: The professional installer is responsible to ensure that RF output power is properly
adjusted to not exceed the regulatory limit.
EX-4.9r EIRP for the USA and Canada
For the EX-4.9r models, within the 4940–4990 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is +50dBm.
The maximum output power of the radio shall never exceed +24dBm.
For the EX-4.9r models, the transmit power must be reduced from maximum (+24dBm for 20MHz
BW; +22dBm for 10MHz) by 1 dB for every 1dB that the antenna gain exceeds 26dBi (including
transmission system losses)
EX-5r Series EIRP for the US and Canada
5250–5350 MHz Band
For all within the 5250–5350 MHz band, the maximum EIRP is 30 dBm. The maximum output of the
radio is +13 dBm.
P = 30 – G + L
where:
P=
G=
L=
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5250 to 5350 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5250 and 5350 MHz.
5470–5725 MHz Band
For all models within the 5470–5725 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is 30 dBm. The
maximum output power of the radio is +13 dBm.
P = 30 – G + L
where:
P=
G=
L=
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5470 to 5725 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5470 and 5725 MHz.
5725–5850 MHz Band
For all models within the 5725–5850 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is 61.9 dBm. The
maximum output power of the radio is +24 dBm in Mode 1 and +21 dBm in Mode 2.
P = 61.9 – G + L
96
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
where:
P=
G=
L=
50000001
2008-05-09
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5725 to 5850 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5725 and 5850 MHz.
97
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EIRP Limits for Australia
Note: The professional installer is responsible to ensure that RF output power is properly
adjusted to not exceed the regulatory limit.
EX-5r Series EIRP for Australia
5470–5725 MHz Band
Note: Australian regulations have a no-transmit band from 5600–5650 MHz, adjust the
transmitter to avoid this range.
For EX-5r models within the 5470–5725 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is 30 dBm. The
maximum output power of the radio is +13 dBm.
P = 30 – G + L
where:
P=
G=
L=
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5470 to 5725 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5470 and 5725 MHz.
5725–5850 MHz Band
For the EX-5r models within the 5725–5850 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is 36 dBm. The
maximum output power of the radio is +24 dBm in Mode 1 and +21 dBm in Mode 2.
P = 36 – G + L
where:
P=
G=
L=
98
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5725 to 5850 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5725 and 5850 MHz.
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EIRP Limits for the European Union and ITU Countries
The countries that are covered by this Regulatory Domain are: Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Ghana, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary,
Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Netherlands, Switzerland, and Turkey.
Note: The professional installer is responsible to ensure that RF output power is properly
adjusted to not exceed the regulatory limit.
•
Use only parabolic dish antennas or directional flat-panel antennas. No other types of antennas
(omni-directional, yagi, and so on) are authorized. Parabolic dishes of either grid or solid type are
allowed. Maximum mid-band gain of each type of antenna certified is:
–
EX-5r models:
–
Parabolic dish: 37.9 dBi (6'/1.8m diameter)
–
Directional flat panel: 28 dBi (~2'/61cm square)
EX-5r Series EIRP
Table 10 summarizes the maximum power by band and country for EX-5r Series radios.
5250–5350 MHz band
For all models within the 5250–5350 MHz band, the maximum EIRP is specified in Table 10. The
maximum output of the radio is +13 dBm.
P = ME – G + L
where:
P=
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
ME =
Maximum EIRP, as specified in Table 10.
G=
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5250 to 5350 MHz.
L=
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and
the antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as
specified or measured between 5250 and 5350 MHz.
5470–5725 MHz band
For all models within the 5470–5725 MHz band, the maximum EIRP allowed is specified in Table 10.
The maximum output power of the radio is +13 dBm.
P = ME – G + L
where:
50000001
2008-05-09
99
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
P=
ME =
G=
L=
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Maximum EIRP, as specified in Table 10.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5470 to 5725 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and the
antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as specified
or measured between 5470 and 5725 MHz.
5725–5850 MHz band
For all models within the 5725–5850 MHz band, the maximum transmit power with respect to specific
country EIRP regulations is determined based on the channel bandwidth. The EIRP power limit is
specified in Table 10. The Exalt EX-5r series radios maximum transmitter conducted power is +24
dBm. Use the following equation to determine the maximum transmitter power for the radio:
P = ME – G + L
where:
P=
ME =
G=
L=
100
Maximum transmitter output power of radio, in dBm.
Maximum EIRP, as specified in Table 10.
Specified gain of antenna, in dBi, from 5725 to 5850 MHz.
Total transmission system losses of all elements between the radio’s RF connector and
the antenna’s RF connector (all cables, connectors, lightning suppressors), in dB, as
specified or measured between 5725 and 5850 MHz.
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Table 10 EU and ITU Country Specific EIRP Levels for EX-5r Series
Country
Maximum EIRP 5.3 GHz band
Maximum EIRP 5.4 GHz band
Maximum EIRP 5.8 GHz band
(BW dependent)a
Austria
23 dBm
30 dBm
5 dBm
Belgium
30 dBm
Cyprus
23 dBm
30 dBm
Czech
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Denmark
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Estonia
23 dBm
30 dBm
Finland
23 dBm
30 dBm
France
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Germany
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Ghana
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Great
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Hungary
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Iceland
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Ireland
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Italy
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Liechtens
23 dBm
30 dBm
5 dBm
Lithuania
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Luxembo
23 dBm
30 dBm
Netherla
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Norway
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Poland
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Portugal
23 dBm
30 dBm
5 dBm
Romania
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Slovak
23 dBm
30 dBm
5 dBm
Slovenia
23 dBm
30 dBm
Spain
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Sweden
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
Switzerla
23 dBm
30 dBm
5 dBm
Turkey
23 dBm
30 dBm
33/36 dBm
a. If the output power is designated as 33/36 dBm, the EIRP is limited to 33 dBm for 10 MHz bandwidth
transmissions and 36 dBm for 20 MHz bandwidth transmissions.
50000001
2008-05-09
101
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Declaration of Conformity to the R&TTE Directive
1999/5/EC
English:
Deutsch:
This equipment is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Dieses Gerät entspricht den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den weiteren entsprecheneden Vorgaben der Richtlinie
1999/5/EU.
Dansk:
Dette udstyr er i overensstemmelse med de væsentlige krav og andre relevante bestemmelser i Directiv 1999/5/EF.
Español:
Este equipo cumple con los requisitos esenciales asi como con otras disposiciones de la Directive 1999/5/EC.
Français:
Cet appareil est conforme aux exigencies essentialles et aux autres dispositions pertinantes de la Directive 1999/5/EC.
Íslenska:
Þessi búnaður samrýmist lögboðnum kröfum og öðrum ákvæðum tilskipunar 1999/5/ESB.
Italiano:
Questo apparato é conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed agli altri principi sanciti dalla Direttiva 1999/5/EC.
Nederlands:
Deze apparatuur voldoet aan de belangrijkste eisen en andere voorzieningen van richtlijn 1999/5/EC.
Norsk:
Dette utstyret er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og andre relevante bestemmelser i EU-directiv 1999/5/EC.
Português:
Este equipamento satisfaz os requisitos essenciais e outras provisões da Directiva 1999/5/EC.
Suomalainen: Tämä laite täyttää direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleelliset vaatimukset ja on siinä asetettujen muidenkin ehtojen mukainen.
Svenska:
Denna utrustning är i överensstämmelse med de väsentliga kraven och andra relevanta bestämmelser i Direktiv 1999/5/EC.
For 5 GHz radios, the following standards were applied:
•
Radio: EN 301 893, EN 302 502
•
EMC: EN 301 489-1, EN 301 489-17
•
Safety: EN 60950-1, IEC 60950-1
The following CE mark is affixed to the product:
EU WEEE
Exalt is committed to meeting the requirements of the European Union’s Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive. The Directives require producers of electrical and electronic
equipment to finance the take-back for re-use or recycling of their products placed on the EU market
after 13 August 2005.
Exalt products that are within the scope of the Directives are labeled with a crossed-out "wheelie-bin"
symbol as required by the Directives. This indicates that the product was placed on the market after 13
August 2005 and that end-users should segregate the product from other wastes at end-of-life.
The WEEE Directives are being implemented in each of the 28 EU and European Economic Area
(EAA) countries through national legislation. This has resulted in considerable variation in the detailed
requirements across the EU, many of which require presence in the EU. As a result, Exalt’s WEEE
compliance approach is to require the distributors and/or resellers in the EU to comply with each
country’s national legislation by registration of the distributor or reseller as the producer and for the
reseller/distributor to carry out and fulfill the legislative requirements of each national compliance
scheme.
Below is the crossed out wheelie bin symbol as required by the WEEE Directive.
102
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EU RoHS
RoHS is the acronym used to refer to the European Union (EU) Directive 2002/95/EC on the
Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
Hazardous materials are those chemicals and substances that are legislatively, market, or customer
banned or restricted for use in products and/or manufacturing. There are six (6) RoHS substances:
lead (Pb), cadmium (Cd), mercury (Hg), hexavalent chromium (Cr+6), polybrominated biphenyls
(PBB) and polybrominated diphenylethers (PBDE). Other countries may be introducing legislation
that results in similar restrictions of hazardous substances. Many Exalt products will continue to use
lead-based solder under the exemption allowed for network infrastructure equipment. Small amounts
of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, PBB, and PBDE can also be found in a few
electrical and electrical components.
50000001
2008-05-09
103
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Exalt Limited Hardware Warranty
Exalt Communications, Inc. (“Exalt”) warrants solely to the original purchaser (“Purchaser”) that the
EX-4.9r, EX-4.9r-c, EX-5r, EX-5r IP, EX-5r-c, or EX-5r-c IP (the “Product”) will substantially
conform in all material respects to the relevant Exalt published specifications that apply at the time of
manufacture of such Product for two (2) years from the date of tender of Product by Exalt from FOB
point designated by Exalt (the “Warranty Period”). Proof-of-purchase in the form of an invoice,
payment of invoice, or delivery waybill must be supplied, if requested by Exalt, in case of any dispute
of warranty start date. Exalt shall within the Warranty Period, at its own option: (A) use reasonable
efforts to remedy any reproducible Product defect covered by this limited warranty within a reasonable
period of time; (B) replace the defective Product with a functionally equivalent product (repair parts
and products may be either reconditioned or new, but, if reconditioned, shall be of the same quality as
new parts or products); or (C) if Exalt determines that it is unable to repair or replace such Product,
Exalt will refund to Purchaser the amount actually paid by Purchaser for the applicable Product. All
replaced parts become the property of Exalt. Exalt may, at its sole option, refuse to accept as defective
Product that (i) is subject to the exclusions set forth below; or (ii) cannot be demonstrated to be
defective by Exalt and Purchaser is unable to provide adequate information describing how the
Product failed. Such Product will, at Purchaser’s option and expense, either be: (a) returned to
Purchaser in the state received, or (b) repaired and returned to Purchaser. Repaired or replaced
Product will be warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period, but not less than ninety
(90) days.
Registration
Purchaser is required to register its Product, within ninety (90) days of purchase, for full warranty
support. Unregistered or late-registered Product will receive a Warranty Period of only one (1) year.
Exclusions
This limited warranty will not apply to: (A) any Product that: (i) has been modified or altered by any
party other than Exalt; (ii) has been subject to accident, misuse, abnormal wear and tear, neglect, or
mistreatment; (iii) has been damaged during installation of the Product; (iv) has been damaged by the
equipment or system with which the Product is used; (v) has sustained damage to the Products’
interface or power connectors; (vi) are determined to be stolen; or (vii) has been damaged caused by
fire, power changes, other hazards, or acts of God (including without limitation lightning); or (B) any
software included in any such Product. The warranty applies only to Products that can be identified by
the Exalt trademark, trade name, serial number or logo affixed to them. Exalt does not warrant any
Product that is not manufactured by, for, or with permission from Exalt. The Products covered by this
warranty are not consumer products and are not intended for personal, family, or household purposes.
RMA Procedures
A return material authorization (RMA) is required prior to returning Product to Exalt for warranty or
out-of-warranty repair/evaluation. As such, Purchaser must use the following procedure:
1
Contact Exalt and request an RMA number. Please be prepared to provide the serial number of the
Product, the date of purchase, and a description of the failure that is as complete as possible.
2
Pack the Product in its original container and packing or an equivalent.
3
Write the RMA number CLEARLY on the outside of the shipping box.
4
For services during the Warranty Period, cost of shipment to Exalt’s authorized service center,
taxes, duty, tariffs, risk of loss and insurance charges to Exalt shall be borne by the Purchaser. Cost
104
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
of return shipment and insurance charges shall be borne by Exalt and will be made by Exalt’s
choice of carrier and method/schedule of shipment. Purchaser may expedite return shipments,
upon request, at its own expense.
PRODUCTS RETURNED WITHOUT A DULY ISSUED RMA NUMBER WILL BE RETURNED
TO PURCHASER AT PURCHASER’S EXPENSE.
THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, REGARDING THE PRODUCT, AND EXALT, ITS SUPPLIERS
AND LICENSORS HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL SUCH IMPLIED AND EXPRESS
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY AND ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, INTERFERENCE WITH
QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS AND
MERCHANTABILITY. FURTHER, EXALT DOES NOT WARRANT RESULTS OF USE OR
THAT PURCHASER’S USE OF THE PRODUCT WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR
FREE. NO WARRANTIES ARE MADE BY EXALT’S SUPPLIERS OR LICENSORS. EXCEPT
FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED HEREIN, THE PRODUCT IS PROVIDED “AS IS”
AND WITH ALL FAULTS. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
ACCURACY, AND EFFORT IS WITH PURCHASER.
50000001
2008-05-09
105
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Copyright Notices
This section presents copyright notices for third-party software licensed to Exalt Communications, Inc.
Net-SNMP
The following copyright notice applies to the open-source licensing agreement for Net-SNMP.
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the
name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity
pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR
THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Network Associates Technology, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may
be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ''AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
106
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Cambridge Broadband, Ltd.
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Copyright © 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara,
California 95054, U.S.A. All rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
50000001
2008-05-09
107
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ''AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Sparta, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ''AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Cisco, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network
Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
108
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names
of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ''AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co.
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003
oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
50000001
2008-05-09
109
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
Index
A
AC adapter 24
Administration Settings page 39
administrator privileges 33
Advance Encryption Standard 40
AES 40
AIS enabling//disabling 51
alarm conditions 36
alarms 48, 59
clearing 63
Alarms page 59
AMI 51
antenna port parameter 46
antennas
alignment 30, 84
Canada 93
mounting 5, 27
indoor 29
mounting height 7
site preparation considerations 7
transmission line 28
troubleshooting 84
B
B8ZS 51
back-to-back bench test 9, 86
back-to-back bench test configuration 86
bandwidth 6
Bandwidth parameter 44
battery source 24
BER 64
browsers 31
buzzer timeout selection parameter 47
C
cables
Ethernet (CAT5) 9
RF 7
RFC 6
T1/E1 9
troubleshooting
improper RF cable termination 83
center frequency tuning 6
channel bandwidth 6
CLI 31
main menu 31
menu options 31
configuration file 54
110
connectors 22
GPS/RSL 22
Power/Ethernet 22, 78
T1/E1 1&3 22
T1/E1 2&4 22
TDM 77
contact information 3
Current BER field 61
Current RSL field 61
D
data communication interface 6
date and time 39
DC power source 24
Diagnostic Charts page 64
dimensions 70
documentation, related 3
duplex settings 48
Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) 45, 89
E
E1 channels 52
E1 Interface Configuration page 52
effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP) 10
encryption 6
Endpoint Identifier 34, 43
Errored Seconds (ES) field 62
Ethernet configuration parameters 52
Ethernet connectors 78
Ethernet interface 76
throughput settings 51
Ethernet Interface Configuration page 48
Event Log page 63
ExaltCalc tool 11, 82
external loopback modes 53
F
factory default settings 26, 55
fade margin 7, 85
features 6
File Activation page 55, 57
File Transfer page 54
file transfers 54
files
activating stored 57
default configuration file 55
flywheeling 15
frame length See TDD frame
frequency
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
center 7
G
gateway (default) 56
Global Positioning System (GPS) kit 13
GPS Information page 58
GPS synchronization 46, 58
GPS/RSL connector 22
GPS/RSL LED 23
grounding 85
GUI
Administration Settings page 39
Alarms page 59
browsers supported 31
description 31
Diagnostic Charts page 64
E1 Interface Configuration page 52
Ethernet Interface Configuration page 48
Event Log page 63
File Activation page 55, 57
File Transfer page 54
GPS Information page 58
IP address (default) 32
log in 32
login privileges 33
navigation panel 36
Performance page 61
Radio A configuration 32
Radio Information page 38
Reboot page 68
Spectrum Analyzer page 66
summary status information 35
System Configuration page 43
T1 Interface Configuration page 51
T1/E1 Configuration page 51
VLAN page 49
H
hop 8
hub 13
I
interfaces
Ethernet 76
power 76
RF 76
T1/E1 76
interference 62
interference profile 7
IP address conflicts 32
50000001
2008-05-09
IP address subnet 32
IP settings 9
K
keys
Regulatory Domain Key (RDK) 40, 43
L
LEDs
GPS/RSL 23
Power Injector 23
Power/Ethernet 23
T1/E1 1&3 23
T1/E1 2&4 23
License Key 40
lightning arrestor 7
lightning arrestors 29
Line Build Out (LBO) 51
Line Code 51
link 7
orientation 11
RF link testing 9
synchronization 11
Link Distance parameter 45
link margin 85
link parameters 35
Link Security Key 39
Link Security Key parameter 56
login names 33
login privileges 33
loopback 51, 52, 53
external (local) 53
external (remote) 53
internal 53
M
Maximum RSL field 62
MIB files 54
Minimum RSL field 62
Minimum RSL Timestamp field 62
Mode parameter 44
mounting
hardware 20
multi-link network 14
multipath 82
multipath propagation 83
muting 48
N
noise profile 7
111
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
O
offset timing 14
P
parameters
antenna port 46
buzzer timeout selection 47
passwords 9, 33
path obstruction 84
performance degradation 82
Performance page 61
power
system LEDs 25
Power connector 78
power injector 24
power interface 76
Power/Ethernet connector 22
R
radio
default settings 12
grounding 85
initiation tasks 18
installation tasks 18
maximum transmit power setting 44
mounting 7, 20
rebooting 63, 68
warranty 105
Radio A 12
Radio A configuration 8
radio configuration 8
radio features 6
radio firmware files 54
radio frequency 4
Radio Information page 38
radio mount
enclosure 5
connections 6
indoor 5
connections 5
Radio Transmit Power parameter 43
Reboot page 68
receiver threshold 7
record keeping 19
Regulatory Domain Database (RDD) 54
Regulatory Domain Key (RDK) 40, 43, 96
regulatory requirements
EX-4.9r FCC EIRP 97
EX-5i FCC EIRP 99
112
EX-5r Series FCC EIRP 97
USA 91
repeater 13
RESET button 23
RF cable length 6
RF connector termination 24
RF Frequency parameter 44
RF interface 76
RF interference 83
RF lightning arrestor 29
RF output power 10
RSL 10
current RSL readings 61
diagnostics 64
Maximum RSL field 62
Minimum RSL Timestamp field 62
monitor for performance 82
RSL voltage 30
S
safety 88
Set to E1 button 51
Set to T1 button 51
shipping box contents 8
site preparation 7
SNMP 16, 41
specifications 70
Spectrum Analyzer page 66
Swap button 55, 57
sync source 15
synchronization 13
System Configuration page 43
system latency 7
system parameters
default settings 26
system performance 61
system reboot 63
system settings
Current BER field 61
Errored Seconds (ES) field 62
grounding 85
Maximum RSL 62
Minimum RSL field 62
Time Since Reset field 62
Unavailable Seconds field 62
system specifications 71
T
T1 clocking 23
50000001
2008-05-09
Exalt Installation and Management Guide
r-Series Digital Microwave Radios
T1 Interface Configuration page 51
T1/E1 1&3 connector 22
T1/E1 2&4 connector 22
T1/E1 2&4 LED 23
T1/E1 circuits 51
T1/E1 Configuration page 51
T1/E1 interfaces 76
T1/E1 loopback 53
TDD factors 10
TDD frame length 7
TDD Frame Size parameter 45
TDM circuits 44
TDM connections 77
TDM connectors 77
Telnet session 31
temperature 64
testing 86
back-to-back bench 9
threshold 87
threshold testing 87
time division duplex (TDD) SeeTDD frame
Time Since Reset 62
timing, offset 14
transmission line
coaxial 28
transmitter
output power 9
troubleshooting 64, 81
U
Unavailable Seconds (UAS) 62
unfaded error-free performance 10
Update button 39
user privileges 33
V
VLAN 15
tagging 15
VLAN page 49
voltage test 30
VSWR 83
W
warranty 105
50000001
2008-05-09
113
50000001
2008-05-09
SP2-5.2
0.6 m | 2 ft Standard Performance Parabolic
Reflector Antenna, Single-polarized, 5.255.85GHz
General Specifications
Antenna Type
Standard Performance Parabolic Reflector Antenna
Size, nominal
2 ft | 0.6 m
Polarization
Single
Electrical Specifications
Operating Frequency Band
5.25 - 5.85 GHz
Half Power Beamwidth, Horizontal
6.1 degrees
Half Power Beamwidth, Vertical
6.1 degrees
Cross-Polarization Discrimination
28 dB
Front to Back Ratio (F/B)
38 dB
Gain, Low Frequency
28.5 dBi
Gain, Mid Frequency
29 dBi
Gain, High Frequency
29.5 dBi
VSWR
1.5:1
Return Loss
-14 dB
Mechanical Specifications
Fine Azimuth Adjustment
+/- 10 degrees
1
Fine Elevation Adjustment
+/- 30 degrees
Mounting Pipe Diameter, Min
2 inch | 5.08 cm
Mounting Pipe Diameter, Max
4.5 inch | 11.4 cm
Net Weight
22 lbs | 9.9 kg
Wind Velocity Operational
90 mph | 145 km/h
Wind Velocity Survival Rating
125 mph | 201 km/h
Mechanical Configuration
SP2
Axial Force (FA)
222 lbs | 988 N
Side Force (FS)
14 lbs | 62 N
Twisting Moment (MT)
225 ft-lbs | 305 Nm
Operating temperature range
-40 to +60 C
Max pressure, psig, (if waveguide
interface)
5
Regulatory Compliance
FCC
undeclared
ETSI
undeclared
RoHS-complaint
Yes
Shipping Information
Package Type
Cardboard
Gross Weight
25 lbs | 11.3 kg
Dimensions, L x W x H
28 x 8 x 28in | 71 x 20 x 71 cm
Shipping Volume
3.63 cu ft | 0.1 cu m
Additional Comments
Note that all 5.2 models will operate 4.9-6.0 GHz with slightly degraded specifications
Technical Drawings
2
Radiowaves Glossary
Axial Force:
Force applied to the face of the antenna due to wind at specified wind speed
Beamwidth
The total width of the main beam measured in degrees between the 3-dB (half-power)
points on either side of the peak of the main beam
Cross Polarization Discrimination (XPD)
The dB difference between maximum received co-polarized signal at electrical boresight
and maximum received cross-polarized signal
Front to Back Ratio (F/B)
The dB difference between maximum received signal at electrical boresight to maximum
received signal behind the antenna (180 +/- 40 degrees)
Gain
A measure of how well the antenna focuses available energy into a single beam. Larger
antennas typically have higher gains and smaller beamwidths.
Gross Weight
Shipping weight, includes weight of antenna plus packaging materials
Net Weight
Weight of antenna only as mounted on tower.
Operating Frequency Band
The frequency limits between which the antenna meets declared specifications. Antennas
may operate outside the frequency band with mild performance degradation.
Return Loss
A measure of how much rf energy incident upon the antenna is reflected back from
whence it came, expressed as a negative dB value.
Side Force (FS)
Force applied to the side of the antenna due to wind at specified wind speed
Twisting Moment (MT)
The torsional (twisting) moment (force x distance) applied to the mounting pipe due to
wind at the specified wind speed.
3
VSWR
A measure of how much rf energy incident upon the antenna is reflected back from
whence it came, expressed as a ratio
Wind Velocity Operational
Wind speed where the antenna deflection is less than or equal to 0.1 degrees
Wind Velocity Survival Rating
Wind speed where the antenna will not suffer permanent damage, but may require repointing.
4
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising